1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA 2 Copyright (C) 1989-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. 5 6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 9 any later version. 10 11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 14 GNU General Public License for more details. 15 16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 19 02110-1301, USA. */ 20 21/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science 22 at the University of Utah. */ 23 24#include "as.h" 25#include "safe-ctype.h" 26#include "subsegs.h" 27#include "dw2gencfi.h" 28 29#include "bfd/libhppa.h" 30 31/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ 32#include "opcode/hppa.h" 33 34#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) 35error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined 36#endif 37 38/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug 39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, 40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ 41#ifdef OBJ_ELF 42#include "dwarf2dbg.h" 43 44/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do 45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ 46 47/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 48typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; 49 50/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 51typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 52#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) 54 55#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 56/* How to generate a relocation. */ 57#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type 58#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type 59#else 60#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type 61#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type 62#endif 63 64/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere 65 to store a copyright string. */ 66#define obj_version obj_elf_version 67#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version 68 69#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" 70#endif /* OBJ_ELF */ 71 72#ifdef OBJ_SOM 73/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ 74#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" 75#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" 76#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" 77#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" 78 79/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 80typedef int reloc_type; 81 82/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ 83#define obj_version obj_som_version 84#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright 85 86/* How to generate a relocation. */ 87#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type 88 89/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 90typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 91#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) 93 94/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ 95#ifndef R_DLT_REL 96#define R_DLT_REL 0x78 97#endif 98 99#ifndef R_N0SEL 100#define R_N0SEL 0xd8 101#endif 102 103#ifndef R_N1SEL 104#define R_N1SEL 0xd9 105#endif 106#endif /* OBJ_SOM */ 107 108#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 109#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 110#else 111#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 112#endif 113 114/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ 115 116/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ 117 118struct unwind_desc 119 { 120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; 121 unsigned int millicode:1; 122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; 123 unsigned int region_desc:2; 124 unsigned int save_sr:2; 125 unsigned int entry_fr:4; 126 unsigned int entry_gr:5; 127 unsigned int args_stored:1; 128 unsigned int call_fr:5; 129 unsigned int call_gr:5; 130 unsigned int save_sp:1; 131 unsigned int save_rp:1; 132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; 133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; 134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; 135 136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; 137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; 138 unsigned int reserved:3; 139 unsigned int frame_size:27; 140 }; 141 142/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular 143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to 144 object files. */ 145#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ 146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ 147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ 148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ 149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ 150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ 151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ 152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ 153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ 154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ 155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ 156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ 157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ 158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ 159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ 160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) 161 162#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ 163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ 164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ 165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) 166 167struct unwind_table 168 { 169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by 170 descriptor. */ 171 unsigned int start_offset; 172 unsigned int end_offset; 173 struct unwind_desc descriptor; 174 }; 175 176/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to 177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in 178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. 179 180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of 181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME. 182 183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the 184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */ 185 186struct call_info 187 { 188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ 189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind; 190 191 /* Name of this function. */ 192 symbolS *start_symbol; 193 194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ 195 symbolS *end_symbol; 196 197 /* Next entry in the chain. */ 198 struct call_info *ci_next; 199 }; 200 201/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions 202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows 203 SGL and DBL). */ 204typedef enum 205 { 206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW 207 } 208fp_operand_format; 209 210/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to 211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation 212 (ELF has no need for it). */ 213typedef enum 214 { 215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, 217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, 218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, 219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, 220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, 221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, 222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, 223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, 224 } 225pa_symbol_type; 226 227/* This structure contains information needed to assemble 228 individual instructions. */ 229struct pa_it 230 { 231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ 232 unsigned long opcode; 233 234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ 235 expressionS exp; 236 237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ 238 int pcrel; 239 240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ 241 fp_operand_format fpof1; 242 fp_operand_format fpof2; 243 244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ 245 int trunc; 246 247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction 248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ 249 long field_selector; 250 251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this 252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ 253 unsigned int arg_reloc; 254 255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */ 256 int format; 257 258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ 259 reloc_type reloc; 260 }; 261 262/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: 263 264 +--------------+--------------+ 265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | 266 +--------------+--------------+ 267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | 268 +--------------+--------------+ 269 | | | 270 271 . . . 272 . . . 273 . . . 274 275 | | | 276 +--------------+--------------+ 277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | 278 +--------------+--------------+ 279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | 280 +--------------+--------------+ */ 281 282/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ 283struct call_desc 284 { 285 /* The argument relocation specification. */ 286 unsigned int arg_reloc; 287 288 /* Number of arguments. */ 289 unsigned int arg_count; 290 }; 291 292#ifdef OBJ_SOM 293/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 294 chain. */ 295 296struct subspace_dictionary_chain 297 { 298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ 299 unsigned int ssd_defined; 300 301 /* Name of this subspace. */ 302 char *ssd_name; 303 304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 305 asection *ssd_seg; 306 int ssd_subseg; 307 308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ 309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; 310 }; 311 312typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; 313 314/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 315 chain. */ 316 317struct space_dictionary_chain 318 { 319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or 320 as a default space. */ 321 unsigned int sd_defined; 322 323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ 324 unsigned int sd_user_defined; 325 326 /* The space number (or index). */ 327 unsigned int sd_spnum; 328 329 /* The name of this subspace. */ 330 char *sd_name; 331 332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ 333 asection *sd_seg; 334 335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */ 336 int sd_last_subseg; 337 338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ 339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; 340 341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ 342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; 343 }; 344 345typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; 346 347/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace 348 dictionary entries. */ 349 350struct default_subspace_dict 351 { 352 /* Name of the subspace. */ 353 const char *name; 354 355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ 356 char defined; 357 358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ 359 char loadable; 360 361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ 362 char code_only; 363 364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ 365 char comdat; 366 367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ 368 char common; 369 370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols 371 to be multiply defined. */ 372 char dup_common; 373 374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ 375 char zero; 376 377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */ 378 unsigned char sort; 379 380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access 381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ 382 int access; 383 384 /* Index of containing space. */ 385 int space_index; 386 387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ 388 int alignment; 389 390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ 391 int quadrant; 392 393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */ 394 int def_space_index; 395 396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 397 subsegT subsegment; 398 }; 399 400/* This structure defines attributes of the default space 401 dictionary entries. */ 402 403struct default_space_dict 404 { 405 /* Name of the space. */ 406 const char *name; 407 408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within 409 assembly code numerically! */ 410 int spnum; 411 412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ 413 char loadable; 414 415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ 416 char defined; 417 418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ 419 char private; 420 421 /* Sort key for this space. */ 422 unsigned char sort; 423 424 /* Segment associated with this space. */ 425 asection *segment; 426 }; 427#endif 428 429/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, 430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular 431 label. */ 432typedef struct label_symbol_struct 433 { 434 struct symbol *lss_label; 435#ifdef OBJ_SOM 436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space; 437#endif 438#ifdef OBJ_ELF 439 segT lss_segment; 440#endif 441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; 442 } 443label_symbol_struct; 444 445/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ 446struct hppa_fix_struct 447 { 448 /* The field selector. */ 449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; 450 451 /* Type of fixup. */ 452 int fx_r_type; 453 454 /* Format of fixup. */ 455 int fx_r_format; 456 457 /* Argument relocation bits. */ 458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; 459 460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ 461 segT segment; 462 }; 463 464/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ 465 466struct pd_reg 467 { 468 const char *name; 469 int value; 470 }; 471 472/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string 473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ 474struct fp_cond_map 475 { 476 const char *string; 477 int cond; 478 }; 479 480/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector 481 string to a field selector type. */ 482struct selector_entry 483 { 484 const char *prefix; 485 int field_selector; 486 }; 487 488/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ 489 490#ifdef OBJ_SOM 491static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); 492#endif 493 494#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 495static void pa_text (int); 496static void pa_data (int); 497static void pa_comm (int); 498#endif 499#ifdef OBJ_SOM 500static int exact_log2 (int); 501static void pa_compiler (int); 502static void pa_align (int); 503static void pa_space (int); 504static void pa_spnum (int); 505static void pa_subspace (int); 506static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int, 507 int, int, int, 508 asection *, int); 509static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 510 const char *, int, int, 511 int, int, int, int, 512 int, int, int, int, 513 int, asection *); 514static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 515 char *, int, int, int, 516 int, int, int, int, 517 int, int, int, int, 518 asection *); 519static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *); 520static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *); 521static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); 522static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, 523 subsegT); 524static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); 525static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); 526static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int); 527#endif 528 529/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ 530 531#ifdef OBJ_SOM 532/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ 533static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; 534static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; 535 536/* The current space and subspace. */ 537static sd_chain_struct *current_space; 538static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; 539#endif 540 541/* Root of the call_info chain. */ 542static struct call_info *call_info_root; 543 544/* The last call_info (for functions) structure 545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and 546 function labels. */ 547static struct call_info *last_call_info; 548 549/* The last call description (for actual calls). */ 550static struct call_desc last_call_desc; 551 552/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ 553static htab_t op_hash = NULL; 554 555/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be 556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' 557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ 558const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; 559 560/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of 561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' 562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. 563 564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the 565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs 566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. 567 568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */ 569const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; 570 571/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the 572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ 573const char comment_chars[] = ";"; 574 575/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ 576const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; 577 578/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ 579const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; 580 581/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. 582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. 583 584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be 585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it 586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ 587const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; 588 589static struct pa_it the_insn; 590 591/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression 592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global 593 variable. */ 594static char *expr_end; 595 596/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ 597static int callinfo_found; 598 599/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ 600static int within_entry_exit; 601 602/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ 603static int within_procedure; 604 605/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol 606 seen in each subspace. */ 607static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 608 609/* Last label symbol */ 610static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol; 611 612/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. 613 614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or 615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. 616 617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure 618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields 619 by pa_parse_number. */ 620static int strict; 621 622/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly 623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating 624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. 625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point 626 register has a `r' suffix. */ 627#define FP_REG_BASE 64 628#define FP_REG_RSEL 128 629static int pa_number; 630 631#ifdef OBJ_SOM 632/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ 633static symbolS *dummy_symbol; 634#endif 635 636/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ 637static int print_errors = 1; 638 639/* List of registers that are pre-defined: 640 641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form 642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. 643 644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, 645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. 646 647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form 648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined 649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which 650 again have the value <REGNUM>. 651 652 Many registers also have synonyms: 653 654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms 655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms 656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms 657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym 658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym 659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym 660 661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed 662 here for brevity. 663 664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ 665 666static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = 667{ 668 {"%arg0", 26}, 669 {"%arg1", 25}, 670 {"%arg2", 24}, 671 {"%arg3", 23}, 672 {"%cr0", 0}, 673 {"%cr10", 10}, 674 {"%cr11", 11}, 675 {"%cr12", 12}, 676 {"%cr13", 13}, 677 {"%cr14", 14}, 678 {"%cr15", 15}, 679 {"%cr16", 16}, 680 {"%cr17", 17}, 681 {"%cr18", 18}, 682 {"%cr19", 19}, 683 {"%cr20", 20}, 684 {"%cr21", 21}, 685 {"%cr22", 22}, 686 {"%cr23", 23}, 687 {"%cr24", 24}, 688 {"%cr25", 25}, 689 {"%cr26", 26}, 690 {"%cr27", 27}, 691 {"%cr28", 28}, 692 {"%cr29", 29}, 693 {"%cr30", 30}, 694 {"%cr31", 31}, 695 {"%cr8", 8}, 696 {"%cr9", 9}, 697 {"%dp", 27}, 698 {"%eiem", 15}, 699 {"%eirr", 23}, 700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 800 {"%fret", 4}, 801 {"%hta", 25}, 802 {"%iir", 19}, 803 {"%ior", 21}, 804 {"%ipsw", 22}, 805 {"%isr", 20}, 806 {"%itmr", 16}, 807 {"%iva", 14}, 808#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 809 {"%mrp", 2}, 810#else 811 {"%mrp", 31}, 812#endif 813 {"%pcoq", 18}, 814 {"%pcsq", 17}, 815 {"%pidr1", 8}, 816 {"%pidr2", 9}, 817 {"%pidr3", 12}, 818 {"%pidr4", 13}, 819 {"%ppda", 24}, 820 {"%r0", 0}, 821 {"%r1", 1}, 822 {"%r10", 10}, 823 {"%r11", 11}, 824 {"%r12", 12}, 825 {"%r13", 13}, 826 {"%r14", 14}, 827 {"%r15", 15}, 828 {"%r16", 16}, 829 {"%r17", 17}, 830 {"%r18", 18}, 831 {"%r19", 19}, 832 {"%r2", 2}, 833 {"%r20", 20}, 834 {"%r21", 21}, 835 {"%r22", 22}, 836 {"%r23", 23}, 837 {"%r24", 24}, 838 {"%r25", 25}, 839 {"%r26", 26}, 840 {"%r27", 27}, 841 {"%r28", 28}, 842 {"%r29", 29}, 843 {"%r3", 3}, 844 {"%r30", 30}, 845 {"%r31", 31}, 846 {"%r4", 4}, 847 {"%r5", 5}, 848 {"%r6", 6}, 849 {"%r7", 7}, 850 {"%r8", 8}, 851 {"%r9", 9}, 852 {"%rctr", 0}, 853 {"%ret0", 28}, 854 {"%ret1", 29}, 855 {"%rp", 2}, 856 {"%sar", 11}, 857 {"%sp", 30}, 858 {"%sr0", 0}, 859 {"%sr1", 1}, 860 {"%sr2", 2}, 861 {"%sr3", 3}, 862 {"%sr4", 4}, 863 {"%sr5", 5}, 864 {"%sr6", 6}, 865 {"%sr7", 7}, 866 {"%t1", 22}, 867 {"%t2", 21}, 868 {"%t3", 20}, 869 {"%t4", 19}, 870 {"%tf1", 11}, 871 {"%tf2", 10}, 872 {"%tf3", 9}, 873 {"%tf4", 8}, 874 {"%tr0", 24}, 875 {"%tr1", 25}, 876 {"%tr2", 26}, 877 {"%tr3", 27}, 878 {"%tr4", 28}, 879 {"%tr5", 29}, 880 {"%tr6", 30}, 881 {"%tr7", 31} 882}; 883 884/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is 885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked 886 for < first, we would get a false match. */ 887static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = 888{ 889 {"false?", 0}, 890 {"false", 1}, 891 {"true?", 30}, 892 {"true", 31}, 893 {"!<=>", 3}, 894 {"!?>=", 8}, 895 {"!?<=", 16}, 896 {"!<>", 7}, 897 {"!>=", 11}, 898 {"!?>", 12}, 899 {"?<=", 14}, 900 {"!<=", 19}, 901 {"!?<", 20}, 902 {"?>=", 22}, 903 {"!?=", 24}, 904 {"!=t", 27}, 905 {"<=>", 29}, 906 {"=t", 5}, 907 {"?=", 6}, 908 {"?<", 10}, 909 {"<=", 13}, 910 {"!>", 15}, 911 {"?>", 18}, 912 {">=", 21}, 913 {"!<", 23}, 914 {"<>", 25}, 915 {"!=", 26}, 916 {"!?", 28}, 917 {"?", 2}, 918 {"=", 4}, 919 {"<", 9}, 920 {">", 17} 921}; 922 923static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = 924{ 925 {"f", e_fsel}, 926 {"l", e_lsel}, 927 {"ld", e_ldsel}, 928 {"lp", e_lpsel}, 929 {"lr", e_lrsel}, 930 {"ls", e_lssel}, 931 {"lt", e_ltsel}, 932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, 933 {"n", e_nsel}, 934 {"nl", e_nlsel}, 935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, 936 {"p", e_psel}, 937 {"r", e_rsel}, 938 {"rd", e_rdsel}, 939 {"rp", e_rpsel}, 940 {"rr", e_rrsel}, 941 {"rs", e_rssel}, 942 {"rt", e_rtsel}, 943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, 944 {"t", e_tsel}, 945}; 946 947#ifdef OBJ_SOM 948/* default space and subspace dictionaries */ 949 950#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME 951#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME 952 953/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ 954#define SUBSEG_CODE 0 955#define SUBSEG_LIT 1 956#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 957#define SUBSEG_DATA 0 958#define SUBSEG_BSS 2 959#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 960#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 961#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 962 963static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = 964{ 965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, 966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, 967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, 968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, 969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, 970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} 971}; 972 973static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = 974{ 975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, 976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, 977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} 978}; 979 980/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ 981 982/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ 983#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined 984#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined 985#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum 986#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name 987 988#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined 989#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name 990#endif 991 992/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents 993 a right or left half of a FP register */ 994#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') 995#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') 996 997/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ 998 999#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ 1000 { \ 1001 if (immediate_check) \ 1002 { \ 1003 if (pos == -1) \ 1004 pos = (VALUE); \ 1005 else if (len == -1) \ 1006 len = (VALUE); \ 1007 } \ 1008 } 1009 1010/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip 1011 main loop after insertion. */ 1012 1013#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ 1014 { \ 1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ 1016 continue; \ 1017 } 1018 1019/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. 1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1021 1022#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ 1023 { \ 1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1025 { \ 1026 if (! IGNORE) \ 1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1028 (int) (FIELD));\ 1029 break; \ 1030 } \ 1031 } 1032 1033/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where 1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */ 1035 1036#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ 1037 { \ 1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1039 { \ 1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ 1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1042 (int) (FIELD));\ 1043 break; \ 1044 } \ 1045 } 1046 1047/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). 1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1049 1050#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ 1051 { \ 1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ 1053 { \ 1054 if (! IGNORE) \ 1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ 1056 (int) (FIELD));\ 1057 break; \ 1058 } \ 1059 } 1060 1061#define is_DP_relative(exp) \ 1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) 1064 1065#define is_SB_relative(exp) \ 1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) 1068 1069#define is_PC_relative(exp) \ 1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) 1072 1073#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ 1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) 1076 1077#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ 1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) 1080 1081#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ 1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) 1084 1085#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ 1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) 1088 1089#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ 1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) 1092 1093/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll 1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't 1095 need real complex handling yet. */ 1096#define is_complex(exp) \ 1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) 1098 1099/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ 1100 1101/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and 1102 proc/procend pairs match. */ 1103 1104void 1105pa_check_eof (void) 1106{ 1107 if (within_entry_exit) 1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); 1109 1110 if (within_procedure) 1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); 1112} 1113 1114/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. 1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ 1116 1117static label_symbol_struct * 1118pa_get_label (void) 1119{ 1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1121 1122 if (label_chain) 1123 { 1124#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) 1126 return label_chain; 1127#endif 1128#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) 1130 return label_chain; 1131#endif 1132 } 1133 1134 return NULL; 1135} 1136 1137/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, 1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */ 1139 1140void 1141pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) 1142{ 1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1144 1145 if (!label_chain) 1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol; 1147 1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1149#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space; 1151#endif 1152#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; 1154#endif 1155 1156 /* Not used. */ 1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL; 1158 1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; 1160 1161#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); 1163#endif 1164} 1165 1166/* Removes a label definition for the current space. 1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ 1168 1169static void 1170pa_undefine_label (void) 1171{ 1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 1173} 1174 1175/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA 1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa 1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An 1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the 1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the 1180 tc_fix_data field. */ 1181 1182static void 1183fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, 1184 int where, 1185 int size, 1186 symbolS *add_symbol, 1187 offsetT offset, 1188 expressionS *exp, 1189 int pcrel, 1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, 1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, 1192 int r_format, 1193 unsigned int arg_reloc, 1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1195{ 1196 fixS *new_fix; 1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 1198 1199 if (exp != NULL) 1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); 1201 else 1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); 1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; 1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; 1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; 1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; 1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 1209#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) 1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; 1212#endif 1213 1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ 1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate 1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ 1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy 1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) 1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; 1227} 1228 1229/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. 1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ 1231 1232void 1233cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, 1234 int hppa_field_selector) 1235{ 1236 unsigned int rel_type; 1237 1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */ 1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) 1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) 1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1243#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) 1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) 1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) 1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) 1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) 1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) 1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 1256#endif 1257 else if (is_complex (*exp)) 1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; 1259 else 1260 rel_type = R_HPPA; 1261 1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) 1263 { 1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); 1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; 1266 } 1267 1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, 1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, 1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); 1271} 1272 1273/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ 1274 1275static void 1276get_expression (char *str) 1277{ 1278 char *save_in; 1279 asection *seg; 1280 1281 save_in = input_line_pointer; 1282 input_line_pointer = str; 1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); 1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section 1285 || seg == undefined_section 1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) 1287 { 1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); 1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1290 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1291 return; 1292 } 1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1294 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1295} 1296 1297/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the 1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ 1299 1300static int 1301pa_parse_nullif (char **s) 1302{ 1303 int nullif; 1304 1305 nullif = 0; 1306 if (**s == ',') 1307 { 1308 *s = *s + 1; 1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) 1310 nullif = 1; 1311 else 1312 { 1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); 1314 nullif = 0; 1315 } 1316 *s = *s + 1; 1317 } 1318 1319 return nullif; 1320} 1321 1322const char * 1323md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) 1324{ 1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); 1326} 1327 1328/* Write out big-endian. */ 1329 1330void 1331md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) 1332{ 1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); 1334} 1335 1336/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target 1337 format. */ 1338 1339arelent ** 1340tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) 1341{ 1342 arelent *reloc; 1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; 1345 arelent **relocs; 1346 reloc_type **codes; 1347 reloc_type code; 1348 int n_relocs; 1349 int i; 1350 1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) 1353 return &no_relocs; 1354 1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); 1356 gas_assert (section != 0); 1357 1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent); 1359 1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1362 1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. 1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ 1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, 1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail 1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ 1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_COMPLEX 1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel) 1370 { 1371 fixp->fx_r_type = (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8; 1373 } 1374 1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, 1376 (int) fixp->fx_r_type, 1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, 1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, 1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, 1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); 1381 1382 if (codes == NULL) 1383 { 1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); 1385 abort (); 1386 } 1387 1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) 1389 ; 1390 1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1); 1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs); 1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; 1395 1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; 1397 1398#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type) 1400 { 1401 default: 1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); 1403 1404 code = *codes[0]; 1405 1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ 1407 switch (code) 1408 { 1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: 1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: 1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: 1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: 1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in 1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. 1419 1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1423 reloc->addend = 0; 1424 break; 1425 1426#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC 1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: 1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: 1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: 1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F: 1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: 1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 1435 fixp->fx_offset); 1436 break; 1437#endif 1438 1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32: 1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ 1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1443 /* Fallthru */ 1444 1445 default: 1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1447 break; 1448 } 1449 1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1455 1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); 1457 break; 1458 } 1459#else /* OBJ_SOM */ 1460 1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ 1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1463 { 1464 code = *codes[i]; 1465 1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1468 relocs[i]->howto = 1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1472 1473 switch (code) 1474 { 1475 case R_COMP2: 1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference 1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four 1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */ 1479 gas_assert (i == 1); 1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr 1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1482 relocs[0]->howto 1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); 1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0; 1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1489 relocs[1]->howto 1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); 1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0; 1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); 1496 relocs[2]->howto 1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); 1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0; 1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr 1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1503 relocs[3]->howto 1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); 1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0; 1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr 1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1510 relocs[4]->howto 1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); 1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0; 1515 goto done; 1516 case R_PCREL_CALL: 1517 case R_ABS_CALL: 1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); 1519 break; 1520 1521 case R_DLT_REL: 1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL: 1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL: 1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1526 (static link required). 1527 1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link! 1529 1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1534 break; 1535 1536 case R_N_MODE: 1537 case R_S_MODE: 1538 case R_D_MODE: 1539 case R_R_MODE: 1540 case R_FSEL: 1541 case R_LSEL: 1542 case R_RSEL: 1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: 1544 case R_END_BRTAB: 1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY: 1546 case R_N0SEL: 1547 case R_N1SEL: 1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ 1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1552 break; 1553 1554 case R_END_TRY: 1555 case R_ENTRY: 1556 case R_EXIT: 1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ 1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1561 break; 1562 1563 default: 1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1565 } 1566 } 1567 1568 done: 1569#endif 1570 1571 return relocs; 1572} 1573 1574/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ 1575 1576void 1577md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1579 fragS *fragP) 1580{ 1581 unsigned int address; 1582 1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) 1584 { 1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) 1586 { 1587 case 0: 1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; 1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1); 1590 know (fragP->fr_next); 1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; 1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset) 1593 { 1594 fragP->fr_offset = 1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address 1596 - fragP->fr_address 1597 - fragP->fr_fix; 1598 } 1599 else 1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0; 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 } 1604} 1605 1606/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ 1607 1608valueT 1609md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) 1610{ 1611 int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment); 1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; 1613 1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2; 1615} 1616 1617/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ 1618 1619int 1620md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1621{ 1622 int size; 1623 1624 size = 0; 1625 1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) 1627 size++; 1628 1629 return size; 1630} 1631 1632#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1633# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1634const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; 1635# else 1636const char *md_shortopts = "V"; 1637# endif 1638#else 1639# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1640const char *md_shortopts = "c"; 1641# else 1642const char *md_shortopts = ""; 1643# endif 1644#endif 1645 1646struct option md_longopts[] = 1647{ 1648#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, 1650#endif 1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} 1652}; 1653size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); 1654 1655int 1656md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1657{ 1658 switch (c) 1659 { 1660 default: 1661 return 0; 1662 1663#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1664 case 'V': 1665 print_version_id (); 1666 break; 1667#endif 1668#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1669 case 'c': 1670 warn_comment = 1; 1671 break; 1672#endif 1673 } 1674 1675 return 1; 1676} 1677 1678void 1679md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1680{ 1681#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1682 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1683 -Q ignored\n")); 1684#endif 1685#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1686 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); 1688#endif 1689} 1690 1691/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ 1692 1693symbolS * 1694md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1695{ 1696 return NULL; 1697} 1698 1699#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 1700#define nonzero_dibits(x) \ 1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) 1702#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ 1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) 1704#else 1705#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 1706#endif 1707 1708/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ 1709 1710void 1711md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1712{ 1713 char *fixpos; 1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; 1715 offsetT new_val; 1716 int insn, val, fmt; 1717 1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can 1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for 1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ 1721#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY 1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT 1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) 1727 return; 1728 1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY 1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes 1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ 1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) 1733 { 1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP; 1735 return; 1736 } 1737#endif 1738#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY 1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) 1741 return; 1742#endif 1743 1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) 1745 fixP->fx_done = 1; 1746 1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ 1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; 1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL) 1750 { 1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), 1753 fixP->fx_r_type); 1754 return; 1755 } 1756 1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; 1758 1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) 1760 { 1761 /* Handle constant output. */ 1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); 1763 return; 1764 } 1765 1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); 1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); 1768 1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something 1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). 1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it 1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ 1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL 1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) 1775#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1776 && fmt != 32 1777#endif 1778 ) 1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1780#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ 1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel 1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel 1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel 1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) 1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1789#endif 1790 else 1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1792 1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ 1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) 1795 && fixP->fx_addsy 1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel 1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), 1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) 1799#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) 1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1803#endif 1804#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1807#endif 1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) 1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) 1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment 1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy 1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) 1813 { 1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1815 } 1816 1817 switch (fmt) 1818 { 1819 case 10: 1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1822 val = new_val; 1823 1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) 1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1826 break; 1827 case -11: 1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1830 val = new_val; 1831 1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) 1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1834 break; 1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ 1836 case 14: 1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1839 val = new_val; 1840 1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); 1842 break; 1843 1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ 1845 case 21: 1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1848 val = new_val; 1849 1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); 1851 break; 1852 1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ 1854 case 11: 1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, 1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1857 val = new_val; 1858 1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); 1860 break; 1861 1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ 1863 case 12: 1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1866 val = new_val - 8; 1867 1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); 1869 break; 1870 1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ 1872 case 17: 1873 { 1874 offsetT distance = * valP; 1875 1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1877 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1882 1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1885 val = new_val - 8; 1886 1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); 1888 break; 1889 } 1890 1891 case 22: 1892 { 1893 offsetT distance = * valP; 1894 1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1896 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1901 1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1904 val = new_val - 8; 1905 1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); 1907 break; 1908 } 1909 1910 case -10: 1911 val = new_val; 1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); 1913 break; 1914 1915 case -16: 1916 val = new_val; 1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); 1918 break; 1919 1920 case 16: 1921 val = new_val; 1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); 1923 break; 1924 1925 case 32: 1926 insn = new_val; 1927 break; 1928 1929 default: 1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); 1932 return; 1933 } 1934 1935#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type) 1937 { 1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: 1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: 1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: 1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: 1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: 1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: 1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: 1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: 1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy) 1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); 1948 break; 1949 default: 1950 break; 1951 } 1952#endif 1953 1954 /* Insert the relocation. */ 1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); 1956} 1957 1958/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? 1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ 1960 1961long 1962md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) 1963{ 1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; 1965} 1966 1967/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of 1968 a statement. */ 1969 1970static int 1971is_end_of_statement (void) 1972{ 1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') 1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';') 1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); 1976} 1977 1978#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) 1979 1980/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return 1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ 1982 1983static int 1984reg_name_search (char *name) 1985{ 1986 int middle, low, high; 1987 int cmp; 1988 1989 low = 0; 1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; 1991 1992 do 1993 { 1994 middle = (low + high) / 2; 1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); 1996 if (cmp < 0) 1997 high = middle - 1; 1998 else if (cmp > 0) 1999 low = middle + 1; 2000 else 2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; 2002 } 2003 while (low <= high); 2004 2005 return -1; 2006} 2007 2008/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, 2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be 2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. 2011 2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing 2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is 2014 returned in `pa_number'. 2015 2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be 2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is 2018 not set. 2019 2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail 2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ 2022 2023static int 2024pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) 2025{ 2026 int num; 2027 char *name; 2028 char c; 2029 symbolS *sym; 2030 int status; 2031 char *p = *s; 2032 bfd_boolean have_prefix; 2033 2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ 2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 2036 p = p + 1; 2037 2038 pa_number = -1; 2039 have_prefix = 0; 2040 num = 0; 2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) 2042 { 2043 /* Looks like a number. */ 2044 2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) 2046 { 2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */ 2048 p += 2; 2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) 2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) 2051 { 2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; 2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') 2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; 2056 else 2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; 2058 ++p; 2059 } 2060 } 2061 else 2062 { 2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */ 2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2065 { 2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; 2067 ++p; 2068 } 2069 } 2070 2071 pa_number = num; 2072 2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ 2074 if (is_float) 2075 { 2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; 2077 if (! (is_float & 2)) 2078 { 2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) 2080 { 2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; 2082 ++p; 2083 } 2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) 2085 { 2086 ++p; 2087 } 2088 } 2089 } 2090 } 2091 else if (*p == '%') 2092 { 2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */ 2094 have_prefix = 1; 2095 name = p; 2096 p++; 2097 c = *p; 2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general 2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY 2100 slow. */ 2101 if (c == 'r') 2102 { 2103 p++; 2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' 2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) 2106 { 2107 p += 2; 2108 num = *p - '0' + 28; 2109 p++; 2110 } 2111 else if (*p == 'p') 2112 { 2113 num = 2; 2114 p++; 2115 } 2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) 2117 { 2118 if (print_errors) 2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2120 num = -1; 2121 } 2122 else 2123 { 2124 do 2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; 2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p)); 2127 } 2128 } 2129 else 2130 { 2131 /* Do a normal register search. */ 2132 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2133 { 2134 p = p + 1; 2135 c = *p; 2136 } 2137 *p = 0; 2138 status = reg_name_search (name); 2139 if (status >= 0) 2140 num = status; 2141 else 2142 { 2143 if (print_errors) 2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2145 num = -1; 2146 } 2147 *p = c; 2148 } 2149 2150 pa_number = num; 2151 } 2152 else 2153 { 2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which 2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ 2156 name = p; 2157 c = *p; 2158 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2159 { 2160 p = p + 1; 2161 c = *p; 2162 } 2163 *p = 0; 2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) 2165 { 2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) 2167 { 2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a 2170 register, so... */ 2171 have_prefix = TRUE; 2172 } 2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr) 2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2175 else if (!strict) 2176 { 2177 if (print_errors) 2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); 2179 num = -1; 2180 } 2181 } 2182 else if (!strict) 2183 { 2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol 2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we 2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for 2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ 2188 if (*name == 0) 2189 num = 0; 2190 else 2191 { 2192 if (print_errors) 2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); 2194 num = -1; 2195 } 2196 } 2197 *p = c; 2198 2199 pa_number = num; 2200 } 2201 2202 if (!strict || have_prefix) 2203 { 2204 *s = p; 2205 return 1; 2206 } 2207 return 0; 2208} 2209 2210/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require 2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ 2212 2213static int 2214need_pa11_opcode (void) 2215{ 2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) 2218 { 2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 2220 then set a new architecture. */ 2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) 2222 { 2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) 2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 2225 } 2226 return TRUE; 2227 } 2228 else 2229 return FALSE; 2230} 2231 2232/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical 2233 code associated with the condition. */ 2234 2235static int 2236pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) 2237{ 2238 int cond, i; 2239 2240 cond = 0; 2241 2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) 2243 { 2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, 2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) 2246 { 2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; 2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and 2250 report an error. */ 2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2252 { 2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2254 break; 2255 } 2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') 2257 *s = *s + 1; 2258 return cond; 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); 2263 2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ 2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2266 *s += 1; 2267 2268 return 0; 2269} 2270 2271/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ 2272 2273static int 2274pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) 2275{ 2276 int value; 2277 2278 value = 0; 2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) 2280 { 2281 value = 5; 2282 *s += 4; 2283 } 2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) 2285 { 2286 value = 9; 2287 *s += 4; 2288 } 2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) 2290 { 2291 value = 13; 2292 *s += 4; 2293 } 2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) 2295 { 2296 value = 17; 2297 *s += 4; 2298 } 2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) 2300 { 2301 value = 1; 2302 *s += 3; 2303 } 2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) 2305 { 2306 value = 6; 2307 *s += 4; 2308 } 2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) 2310 { 2311 value = 2; 2312 *s += 3; 2313 } 2314 else 2315 { 2316 value = 0; 2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); 2318 } 2319 2320 return value; 2321} 2322 2323/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2324 type. */ 2325 2326static fp_operand_format 2327pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) 2328{ 2329 int format; 2330 2331 format = SGL; 2332 if (**s == ',') 2333 { 2334 *s += 1; 2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2336 { 2337 format = SGL; 2338 *s += 4; 2339 } 2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2341 { 2342 format = DBL; 2343 *s += 4; 2344 } 2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2346 { 2347 format = QUAD; 2348 *s += 5; 2349 } 2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) 2351 { 2352 format = W; 2353 *s += 2; 2354 } 2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) 2356 { 2357 format = UW; 2358 *s += 3; 2359 } 2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) 2361 { 2362 format = DW; 2363 *s += 3; 2364 } 2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) 2366 { 2367 format = UDW; 2368 *s += 4; 2369 } 2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) 2371 { 2372 format = QW; 2373 *s += 3; 2374 } 2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) 2376 { 2377 format = UQW; 2378 *s += 4; 2379 } 2380 else 2381 { 2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 return format; 2388} 2389 2390/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2391 type. */ 2392 2393static fp_operand_format 2394pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) 2395{ 2396 int format; 2397 2398 format = SGL; 2399 if (**s == ',') 2400 { 2401 *s += 1; 2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2403 { 2404 format = SGL; 2405 *s += 4; 2406 } 2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2408 { 2409 format = DBL; 2410 *s += 4; 2411 } 2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2413 { 2414 format = QUAD; 2415 *s += 5; 2416 } 2417 else 2418 { 2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2421 } 2422 } 2423 2424 return format; 2425} 2426 2427/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ 2428 2429static int 2430pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) 2431{ 2432 int middle, low, high; 2433 int cmp; 2434 char name[4]; 2435 2436 /* Read past any whitespace. */ 2437 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ 2438 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') 2439 *str = *str + 1; 2440 2441 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') 2442 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2443 name[1] = 0; 2444 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') 2445 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2446 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2447 name[2] = 0; 2448 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') 2449 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2450 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2451 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), 2452 name[3] = 0; 2453 else 2454 return e_fsel; 2455 2456 low = 0; 2457 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; 2458 2459 do 2460 { 2461 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2462 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); 2463 if (cmp < 0) 2464 high = middle - 1; 2465 else if (cmp > 0) 2466 low = middle + 1; 2467 else 2468 { 2469 *str += strlen (name) + 1; 2470#ifndef OBJ_SOM 2471 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) 2472 return e_fsel; 2473#endif 2474 return selector_table[middle].field_selector; 2475 } 2476 } 2477 while (low <= high); 2478 2479 return e_fsel; 2480} 2481 2482/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by 2483 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ 2484 2485int 2486parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) 2487{ 2488 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); 2489 expression (exp); 2490 return hppa_field_selector; 2491} 2492 2493/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by 2494 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ 2495static int 2496evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) 2497{ 2498 offsetT value; 2499 expressionS exp; 2500 int field_selector = insn->field_selector; 2501 2502 exp = insn->exp; 2503 value = exp.X_add_number; 2504 2505 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); 2506} 2507 2508/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ 2509 2510static int 2511pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2512{ 2513 char *save_in; 2514 2515 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); 2516 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2517 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2518 expression (&insn->exp); 2519 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2520 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2521 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) 2522 { 2523 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */ 2524 if (!strict) 2525 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); 2526 return 0; 2527 } 2528 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2529} 2530 2531/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the 2532 first whitespace character. */ 2533 2534static int 2535pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2536{ 2537 char *save_in; 2538 char *s, c; 2539 int result; 2540 2541 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2542 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2543 2544 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider 2545 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register 2546 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the 2547 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling 2548 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered 2549 in the symbol table. 2550 2551 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string 2552 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally 2553 contain no whitespace. */ 2554 2555 s = *strp; 2556 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 2557 s++; 2558 2559 c = *s; 2560 *s = 0; 2561 2562 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); 2563 2564 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2565 *s = c; 2566 return result; 2567} 2568 2569/* Given an argument location specification return the associated 2570 argument location number. */ 2571 2572static unsigned int 2573pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) 2574{ 2575 2576 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) 2577 return 0; 2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) 2579 return 1; 2580 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) 2581 return 2; 2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) 2583 return 3; 2584 else 2585 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); 2586 2587 return 0; 2588} 2589 2590/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for 2591 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ 2592 2593static unsigned int 2594pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) 2595{ 2596 unsigned int new_reloc; 2597 2598 new_reloc = arg_reloc; 2599 switch (reg) 2600 { 2601 case 0: 2602 new_reloc <<= 8; 2603 break; 2604 case 1: 2605 new_reloc <<= 6; 2606 break; 2607 case 2: 2608 new_reloc <<= 4; 2609 break; 2610 case 3: 2611 new_reloc <<= 2; 2612 break; 2613 default: 2614 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); 2615 } 2616 2617 return new_reloc; 2618} 2619 2620/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2621 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2622 2623static int 2624pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2625{ 2626 int cmpltr; 2627 char *name = *s + 1; 2628 char c; 2629 char *save_s = *s; 2630 int nullify = 0; 2631 2632 cmpltr = 0; 2633 if (**s == ',') 2634 { 2635 *s += 1; 2636 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2637 *s += 1; 2638 c = **s; 2639 **s = 0x00; 2640 2641 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2642 { 2643 cmpltr = 1; 2644 } 2645 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2646 { 2647 cmpltr = 2; 2648 } 2649 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2650 { 2651 cmpltr = 3; 2652 } 2653 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) 2654 { 2655 cmpltr = 4; 2656 } 2657 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 2658 { 2659 cmpltr = 5; 2660 } 2661 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2662 { 2663 cmpltr = 6; 2664 } 2665 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2666 { 2667 cmpltr = 7; 2668 } 2669 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2670 completer. */ 2671 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2672 { 2673 cmpltr = 0; 2674 nullify = 1; 2675 } 2676 else 2677 { 2678 cmpltr = -1; 2679 } 2680 **s = c; 2681 } 2682 2683 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2684 if (nullify) 2685 *s = save_s; 2686 2687 return cmpltr; 2688} 2689 2690/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2691 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2692 2693static int 2694pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2695{ 2696 int cmpltr; 2697 char *name = *s + 1; 2698 char c; 2699 char *save_s = *s; 2700 int nullify = 0; 2701 2702 cmpltr = 0; 2703 if (**s == ',') 2704 { 2705 *s += 1; 2706 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2707 *s += 1; 2708 c = **s; 2709 **s = 0x00; 2710 2711 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 2712 { 2713 cmpltr = 0; 2714 } 2715 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 2716 { 2717 cmpltr = 1; 2718 } 2719 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 2720 { 2721 cmpltr = 2; 2722 } 2723 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 2724 { 2725 cmpltr = 3; 2726 } 2727 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 2728 { 2729 cmpltr = 4; 2730 } 2731 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) 2732 { 2733 cmpltr = 5; 2734 } 2735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 2736 { 2737 cmpltr = 6; 2738 } 2739 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 2740 { 2741 cmpltr = 7; 2742 } 2743 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2744 completer. */ 2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2746 { 2747 cmpltr = 0; 2748 nullify = 1; 2749 } 2750 else 2751 { 2752 cmpltr = -1; 2753 } 2754 **s = c; 2755 } 2756 2757 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2758 if (nullify) 2759 *s = save_s; 2760 2761 return cmpltr; 2762} 2763 2764/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for 2765 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. 2766 2767 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are 2768 returned as 8-15. */ 2769 2770static int 2771pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2772{ 2773 int cmpltr; 2774 char *name = *s + 1; 2775 char c; 2776 2777 cmpltr = -1; 2778 if (**s == ',') 2779 { 2780 *s += 1; 2781 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2782 *s += 1; 2783 c = **s; 2784 **s = 0x00; 2785 2786 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) 2787 { 2788 cmpltr = 0; 2789 } 2790 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2791 { 2792 cmpltr = 1; 2793 } 2794 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2795 { 2796 cmpltr = 2; 2797 } 2798 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2799 { 2800 cmpltr = 3; 2801 } 2802 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2803 { 2804 cmpltr = 4; 2805 } 2806 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) 2807 { 2808 cmpltr = 5; 2809 } 2810 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) 2811 { 2812 cmpltr = 6; 2813 } 2814 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) 2815 { 2816 cmpltr = 7; 2817 } 2818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) 2819 { 2820 cmpltr = 8; 2821 } 2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2823 { 2824 cmpltr = 9; 2825 } 2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2827 { 2828 cmpltr = 10; 2829 } 2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2831 { 2832 cmpltr = 11; 2833 } 2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2835 { 2836 cmpltr = 12; 2837 } 2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) 2839 { 2840 cmpltr = 13; 2841 } 2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) 2843 { 2844 cmpltr = 14; 2845 } 2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) 2847 { 2848 cmpltr = 15; 2849 } 2850 else 2851 { 2852 cmpltr = -1; 2853 } 2854 **s = c; 2855 } 2856 2857 return cmpltr; 2858} 2859 2860/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number 2861 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2862 2863static int 2864pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2865{ 2866 int cmpltr; 2867 char *name = *s + 1; 2868 char c; 2869 2870 cmpltr = -1; 2871 if (**s == ',') 2872 { 2873 *s += 1; 2874 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2875 *s += 1; 2876 c = **s; 2877 **s = 0x00; 2878 2879 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2880 { 2881 cmpltr = 0; 2882 } 2883 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2884 { 2885 cmpltr = 1; 2886 } 2887 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2888 { 2889 cmpltr = 2; 2890 } 2891 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2892 { 2893 cmpltr = 3; 2894 } 2895 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2896 { 2897 cmpltr = 4; 2898 } 2899 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2900 { 2901 cmpltr = 5; 2902 } 2903 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2904 { 2905 cmpltr = 6; 2906 } 2907 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2908 { 2909 cmpltr = 7; 2910 } 2911 else 2912 { 2913 cmpltr = -1; 2914 } 2915 **s = c; 2916 } 2917 2918 return cmpltr; 2919} 2920 2921/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number 2922 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2923 2924static int 2925pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2926{ 2927 int cmpltr; 2928 char *name = *s + 1; 2929 char c; 2930 char *save_s = *s; 2931 int nullify = 0; 2932 2933 cmpltr = 0; 2934 if (**s == ',') 2935 { 2936 *s += 1; 2937 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2938 *s += 1; 2939 c = **s; 2940 **s = 0x00; 2941 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2942 { 2943 cmpltr = 1; 2944 } 2945 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2946 { 2947 cmpltr = 2; 2948 } 2949 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2950 { 2951 cmpltr = 3; 2952 } 2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 2954 { 2955 cmpltr = 4; 2956 } 2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 2958 { 2959 cmpltr = 5; 2960 } 2961 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2962 { 2963 cmpltr = 6; 2964 } 2965 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2966 { 2967 cmpltr = 7; 2968 } 2969 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2970 completer. */ 2971 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2972 { 2973 cmpltr = 0; 2974 nullify = 1; 2975 } 2976 else 2977 { 2978 cmpltr = -1; 2979 } 2980 **s = c; 2981 } 2982 2983 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2984 if (nullify) 2985 *s = save_s; 2986 2987 return cmpltr; 2988} 2989 2990/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number 2991 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2992 2993static int 2994pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2995{ 2996 int cmpltr; 2997 char *name = *s + 1; 2998 char c; 2999 char *save_s = *s; 3000 int nullify = 0; 3001 3002 cmpltr = 0; 3003 if (**s == ',') 3004 { 3005 *s += 1; 3006 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3007 *s += 1; 3008 c = **s; 3009 **s = 0x00; 3010 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3011 { 3012 cmpltr = 0; 3013 } 3014 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3015 { 3016 cmpltr = 1; 3017 } 3018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3019 { 3020 cmpltr = 2; 3021 } 3022 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3023 { 3024 cmpltr = 3; 3025 } 3026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3027 { 3028 cmpltr = 4; 3029 } 3030 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 3031 { 3032 cmpltr = 5; 3033 } 3034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 3035 { 3036 cmpltr = 6; 3037 } 3038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 3039 { 3040 cmpltr = 7; 3041 } 3042 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3043 completer. */ 3044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3045 { 3046 cmpltr = 0; 3047 nullify = 1; 3048 } 3049 else 3050 { 3051 cmpltr = -1; 3052 } 3053 **s = c; 3054 } 3055 3056 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3057 if (nullify) 3058 *s = save_s; 3059 3060 return cmpltr; 3061} 3062 3063/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for 3064 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3065 3066static int 3067pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 3068{ 3069 int cmpltr; 3070 char *name = *s + 1; 3071 char c; 3072 char *save_s = *s; 3073 int nullify = 0; 3074 3075 cmpltr = 0; 3076 if (**s == ',') 3077 { 3078 *s += 1; 3079 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3080 *s += 1; 3081 c = **s; 3082 **s = 0x00; 3083 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3084 { 3085 cmpltr = 1; 3086 } 3087 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3088 { 3089 cmpltr = 2; 3090 } 3091 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3092 { 3093 cmpltr = 3; 3094 } 3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3096 { 3097 cmpltr = 4; 3098 } 3099 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) 3100 { 3101 cmpltr = 5; 3102 } 3103 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) 3104 { 3105 cmpltr = 6; 3106 } 3107 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 3108 { 3109 cmpltr = 7; 3110 } 3111 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3112 { 3113 cmpltr = 8; 3114 } 3115 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3116 { 3117 cmpltr = 9; 3118 } 3119 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3120 { 3121 cmpltr = 10; 3122 } 3123 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3124 { 3125 cmpltr = 11; 3126 } 3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3128 { 3129 cmpltr = 12; 3130 } 3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 3132 { 3133 cmpltr = 13; 3134 } 3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 3136 { 3137 cmpltr = 14; 3138 } 3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 3140 { 3141 cmpltr = 15; 3142 } 3143 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3144 completer. */ 3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3146 { 3147 cmpltr = 0; 3148 nullify = 1; 3149 } 3150 else 3151 { 3152 cmpltr = -1; 3153 } 3154 **s = c; 3155 } 3156 3157 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3158 if (nullify) 3159 *s = save_s; 3160 3161 return cmpltr; 3162} 3163 3164/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results 3165 into the global "the_insn" variable. */ 3166 3167static void 3168pa_ip (char *str) 3169{ 3170 const char *error_message = ""; 3171 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; 3172 const char *args; 3173 int match = FALSE; 3174 int comma = 0; 3175 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; 3176 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; 3177 unsigned long opcode; 3178 struct pa_opcode *insn; 3179 3180#ifdef OBJ_SOM 3181 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 3182 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 3183#endif 3184 3185 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower 3186 case. */ 3187 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) 3188 *s = TOLOWER (*s); 3189 3190 /* Skip to something interesting. */ 3191 for (s = str; 3192 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); 3193 ++s) 3194 ; 3195 3196 switch (*s) 3197 { 3198 3199 case '\0': 3200 break; 3201 3202 case ',': 3203 comma = 1; 3204 3205 /*FALLTHROUGH */ 3206 3207 case ' ': 3208 *s++ = '\0'; 3209 break; 3210 3211 default: 3212 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3213 return; 3214 } 3215 3216 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ 3217 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) str_hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) 3218 { 3219 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3220 return; 3221 } 3222 3223 if (comma) 3224 *--s = ','; 3225 3226 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then 3227 start processing them. */ 3228 argstart = s; 3229 for (;;) 3230 { 3231 /* Do some initialization. */ 3232 opcode = insn->match; 3233 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); 3234 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); 3235 need_cond = 1; 3236 3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; 3238 3239 if (insn->arch >= pa20 3240 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) 3241 goto failed; 3242 3243 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make 3244 sure that the operands match. */ 3245 for (args = insn->args;; ++args) 3246 { 3247 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ 3248 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3249 s++; 3250 3251 switch (*args) 3252 { 3253 /* End of arguments. */ 3254 case '\0': 3255 if (*s == '\0') 3256 match = TRUE; 3257 break; 3258 3259 case '+': 3260 if (*s == '+') 3261 { 3262 ++s; 3263 continue; 3264 } 3265 if (*s == '-') 3266 continue; 3267 break; 3268 3269 /* These must match exactly. */ 3270 case '(': 3271 case ')': 3272 case ',': 3273 case ' ': 3274 if (*s++ == *args) 3275 continue; 3276 break; 3277 3278 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ 3279 case 'b': 3280 case '^': 3281 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3282 break; 3283 num = pa_number; 3284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3286 3287 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it 3288 is there. */ 3289 case '!': 3290 /* Skip whitespace before register. */ 3291 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3292 s = s + 1; 3293 3294 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) 3295 { 3296 s += 4; 3297 continue; 3298 } 3299 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) 3300 { 3301 s += 5; 3302 continue; 3303 } 3304 break; 3305 3306 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ 3307 case 'x': 3308 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3309 break; 3310 num = pa_number; 3311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3312 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3313 3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ 3315 case 't': 3316 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3317 break; 3318 num = pa_number; 3319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3321 3322 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ 3323 case 'a': 3324 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3325 break; 3326 num = pa_number; 3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3328 opcode |= num << 16; 3329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3330 3331 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ 3332 case 'T': 3333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3335 break; 3336 s = expr_end; 3337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); 3338 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 3339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); 3340 3341 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3342 case '5': 3343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3345 break; 3346 s = expr_end; 3347 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3348 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3350 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3352 3353 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3354 case 'V': 3355 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3356 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3357 break; 3358 s = expr_end; 3359 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3360 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3361 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3362 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3363 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3364 3365 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3366 case 'r': 3367 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3368 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3369 break; 3370 s = expr_end; 3371 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3373 3374 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3375 case 'R': 3376 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3377 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3378 break; 3379 s = expr_end; 3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3382 3383 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ 3384 case 'U': 3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3387 break; 3388 s = expr_end; 3389 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3391 3392 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ 3393 case 's': 3394 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3395 break; 3396 num = pa_number; 3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); 3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); 3399 3400 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ 3401 case 'S': 3402 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3403 break; 3404 num = pa_number; 3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); 3406 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); 3407 continue; 3408 3409 /* Handle all completers. */ 3410 case 'c': 3411 switch (*++args) 3412 { 3413 3414 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ 3415 case 'X': 3416 case 'x': 3417 { 3418 int uu = 0; 3419 int m = 0; 3420 int i = 0; 3421 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3422 { 3423 s++; 3424 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) 3425 { 3426 uu = 1; 3427 m = 1; 3428 s++; 3429 i++; 3430 } 3431 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3432 m = 1; 3433 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) 3434 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) 3435 uu = 1; 3436 else if (strict) 3437 { 3438 /* This is a match failure. */ 3439 s--; 3440 break; 3441 } 3442 else 3443 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); 3444 s++; 3445 i++; 3446 } 3447 if (i > 2) 3448 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); 3449 opcode |= m << 5; 3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); 3451 } 3452 3453 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ 3454 case 'M': 3455 case 'm': 3456 case 'q': 3457 case 'J': 3458 case 'e': 3459 { 3460 int a = 0; 3461 int m = 0; 3462 if (*s == ',') 3463 { 3464 s++; 3465 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) 3466 { 3467 a = 0; 3468 m = 1; 3469 s += 2; 3470 } 3471 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) 3472 { 3473 a = 1; 3474 m = 1; 3475 s += 2; 3476 } 3477 else if (strict) 3478 /* This is a match failure. */ 3479 s--; 3480 else 3481 { 3482 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); 3483 s += 2; 3484 } 3485 } 3486 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not 3487 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ 3488 else if (*args == 'e') 3489 break; 3490 3491 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they 3492 encode the before/after field. */ 3493 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') 3494 { 3495 opcode |= m << 5; 3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3497 } 3498 else if (*args == 'q') 3499 { 3500 opcode |= m << 3; 3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3502 } 3503 else if (*args == 'J') 3504 { 3505 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ 3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3507 } 3508 else 3509 { 3510 gas_assert (*args == 'e'); 3511 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the 3512 instruction. We will use (and remove it) 3513 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ 3514 opcode |= a; 3515 continue; 3516 } 3517 } 3518 3519 /* Handle a stbys completer. */ 3520 case 'A': 3521 case 's': 3522 { 3523 int a = 0; 3524 int m = 0; 3525 int i = 0; 3526 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3527 { 3528 s++; 3529 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3530 m = 1; 3531 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) 3532 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) 3533 a = 0; 3534 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) 3535 a = 1; 3536 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ 3537 else if (strict) 3538 { 3539 s--; 3540 break; 3541 } 3542 else 3543 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3544 s++; 3545 i++; 3546 } 3547 if (i > 2) 3548 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3549 opcode |= m << 5; 3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3551 } 3552 3553 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ 3554 case 'c': 3555 cmpltr = 0; 3556 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3557 { 3558 s += 3; 3559 cmpltr = 2; 3560 } 3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3562 3563 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ 3564 case 'C': 3565 cmpltr = 0; 3566 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3567 { 3568 s += 3; 3569 cmpltr = 2; 3570 } 3571 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) 3572 { 3573 s += 3; 3574 cmpltr = 1; 3575 } 3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3577 3578 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ 3579 case 'd': 3580 cmpltr = 0; 3581 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) 3582 { 3583 s += 3; 3584 cmpltr = 1; 3585 } 3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3587 3588 /* Handle load ordering completer. */ 3589 case 'o': 3590 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) 3591 break; 3592 s += 2; 3593 continue; 3594 3595 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ 3596 case 'g': 3597 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) 3598 break; 3599 s += 5; 3600 continue; 3601 3602 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ 3603 case 'p': 3604 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) 3605 break; 3606 s += 7; 3607 continue; 3608 3609 /* Handle a branch link completer. */ 3610 case 'l': 3611 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3612 break; 3613 s += 2; 3614 continue; 3615 3616 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ 3617 case 'P': 3618 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) 3619 break; 3620 s += 4; 3621 continue; 3622 3623 /* Handle a local processor completer. */ 3624 case 'L': 3625 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3626 break; 3627 s += 2; 3628 continue; 3629 3630 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ 3631 case 'w': 3632 flag = 0; 3633 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) 3634 { 3635 flag = 1; 3636 s += 2; 3637 } 3638 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3639 { 3640 flag = 0; 3641 s += 2; 3642 } 3643 3644 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3645 3646 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ 3647 case 'W': 3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) 3649 break; 3650 s += 2; 3651 continue; 3652 3653 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ 3654 case 'r': 3655 flag = 0; 3656 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3657 { 3658 flag = 5; 3659 s += 2; 3660 } 3661 3662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3663 3664 /* Handle a system control completer. */ 3665 case 'Z': 3666 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) 3667 { 3668 flag = 1; 3669 s += 2; 3670 } 3671 else 3672 flag = 0; 3673 3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3675 3676 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ 3677 case 'i': 3678 flag = 0; 3679 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) 3680 { 3681 flag = 1; 3682 s += 2; 3683 } 3684 3685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3686 3687 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ 3688 case 'z': 3689 flag = 1; 3690 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) 3691 { 3692 flag = 0; 3693 s += 2; 3694 } 3695 3696 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3697 3698 /* Handle add completer. */ 3699 case 'a': 3700 flag = 1; 3701 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) 3702 { 3703 flag = 2; 3704 s += 2; 3705 } 3706 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3707 { 3708 flag = 3; 3709 s += 4; 3710 } 3711 3712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3713 3714 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ 3715 case 'Y': 3716 flag = 0; 3717 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || 3718 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) 3719 { 3720 flag = 1; 3721 s += 7; 3722 } 3723 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) 3724 { 3725 flag = 0; 3726 s += 3; 3727 } 3728 else 3729 break; 3730 3731 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ 3732 need_cond = 0; 3733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3734 3735 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ 3736 case 'y': 3737 flag = 0; 3738 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || 3739 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) 3740 { 3741 flag = 1; 3742 s += 6; 3743 } 3744 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) 3745 { 3746 flag = 0; 3747 s += 2; 3748 } 3749 else 3750 break; 3751 3752 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3753 3754 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ 3755 case 'v': 3756 flag = 0; 3757 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3758 { 3759 flag = 1; 3760 s += 4; 3761 } 3762 3763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3764 3765 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ 3766 case 't': 3767 flag = 0; 3768 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || 3769 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) 3770 { 3771 flag = 1; 3772 s += 7; 3773 } 3774 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3775 { 3776 flag = 0; 3777 s += 3; 3778 } 3779 else 3780 break; 3781 3782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3783 3784 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3785 case 'B': 3786 flag = 0; 3787 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || 3788 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) 3789 { 3790 flag = 1; 3791 s += 7; 3792 } 3793 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) 3794 { 3795 flag = 0; 3796 s += 3; 3797 } 3798 else 3799 break; 3800 3801 /* Condition is not required with "db". */ 3802 need_cond = 0; 3803 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3804 3805 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3806 case 'b': 3807 flag = 0; 3808 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || 3809 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) 3810 { 3811 flag = 1; 3812 s += 6; 3813 } 3814 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) 3815 { 3816 flag = 0; 3817 s += 2; 3818 } 3819 else 3820 break; 3821 3822 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3823 3824 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ 3825 case 'T': 3826 flag = 0; 3827 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3828 { 3829 flag = 1; 3830 s += 3; 3831 } 3832 3833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3834 3835 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ 3836 case 'S': 3837 { 3838 int sign = 1; 3839 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) 3840 { 3841 sign = 1; 3842 s += 2; 3843 } 3844 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) 3845 { 3846 sign = 0; 3847 s += 2; 3848 } 3849 3850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); 3851 } 3852 3853 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ 3854 case 'h': 3855 if (*s++ == ',') 3856 { 3857 int lr = 0; 3858 if (*s == 'r') 3859 lr = 2; 3860 else if (*s == 'l') 3861 lr = 0; 3862 else 3863 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3864 3865 s++; 3866 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); 3867 } 3868 else 3869 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3870 break; 3871 3872 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ 3873 case 'H': 3874 { 3875 int sat = 3; 3876 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) 3877 { 3878 sat = 1; 3879 s += 3; 3880 } 3881 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) 3882 { 3883 sat = 0; 3884 s += 3; 3885 } 3886 3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); 3888 } 3889 3890 /* Handle permutation completer. */ 3891 case '*': 3892 if (*s++ == ',') 3893 { 3894 int permloc[4]; 3895 int perm = 0; 3896 int i = 0; 3897 permloc[0] = 13; 3898 permloc[1] = 10; 3899 permloc[2] = 8; 3900 permloc[3] = 6; 3901 for (; i < 4; i++) 3902 { 3903 switch (*s++) 3904 { 3905 case '0': 3906 perm = 0; 3907 break; 3908 case '1': 3909 perm = 1; 3910 break; 3911 case '2': 3912 perm = 2; 3913 break; 3914 case '3': 3915 perm = 3; 3916 break; 3917 default: 3918 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3919 } 3920 opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; 3921 } 3922 continue; 3923 } 3924 else 3925 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3926 break; 3927 3928 default: 3929 abort (); 3930 } 3931 break; 3932 3933 /* Handle all conditions. */ 3934 case '?': 3935 { 3936 args++; 3937 switch (*args) 3938 { 3939 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ 3940 case 'f': 3941 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); 3942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); 3943 3944 /* Handle an add condition. */ 3945 case 'A': 3946 case 'a': 3947 cmpltr = 0; 3948 flag = 0; 3949 if (*s == ',') 3950 { 3951 s++; 3952 3953 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 3954 if (*args == 'A') 3955 { 3956 if (*s == '*') 3957 s++; 3958 else 3959 break; 3960 } 3961 else if (*s == '*') 3962 break; 3963 3964 name = s; 3965 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 3966 s += 1; 3967 c = *s; 3968 *s = 0x00; 3969 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3970 cmpltr = 1; 3971 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3972 cmpltr = 2; 3973 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3974 cmpltr = 3; 3975 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3976 cmpltr = 4; 3977 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 3978 cmpltr = 5; 3979 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 3980 cmpltr = 6; 3981 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 3982 cmpltr = 7; 3983 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3984 { 3985 cmpltr = 0; 3986 flag = 1; 3987 } 3988 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3989 { 3990 cmpltr = 1; 3991 flag = 1; 3992 } 3993 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3994 { 3995 cmpltr = 2; 3996 flag = 1; 3997 } 3998 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3999 { 4000 cmpltr = 3; 4001 flag = 1; 4002 } 4003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 4004 { 4005 cmpltr = 4; 4006 flag = 1; 4007 } 4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 4009 { 4010 cmpltr = 5; 4011 flag = 1; 4012 } 4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4014 { 4015 cmpltr = 6; 4016 flag = 1; 4017 } 4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4019 { 4020 cmpltr = 7; 4021 flag = 1; 4022 } 4023 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4024 else if (*args == 'a' || *name) 4025 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); 4026 *s = c; 4027 } 4028 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with 4029 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4030 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) 4031 break; 4032 4033 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4035 4036 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ 4037 case 'd': 4038 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4039 if (cmpltr < 0) 4040 { 4041 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4042 cmpltr = 0; 4043 } 4044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4045 4046 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ 4047 case 'W': 4048 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4049 if (cmpltr < 0) 4050 { 4051 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4052 cmpltr = 0; 4053 } 4054 else 4055 { 4056 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4057 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; 4058 } 4059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4060 4061 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch 4062 condition. */ 4063 case '@': 4064 save_s = s; 4065 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4066 if (cmpltr < 0) 4067 { 4068 s = save_s; 4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4070 if (cmpltr < 0) 4071 { 4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4073 cmpltr = 0; 4074 } 4075 else 4076 { 4077 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4078 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4079 } 4080 } 4081 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4082 4083 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ 4084 case 'B': 4085 case 'b': 4086 cmpltr = 0; 4087 if (*s == ',') 4088 { 4089 s++; 4090 4091 if (*args == 'B') 4092 { 4093 if (*s == '*') 4094 s++; 4095 else 4096 break; 4097 } 4098 else if (*s == '*') 4099 break; 4100 4101 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) 4102 { 4103 cmpltr = 0; 4104 s++; 4105 } 4106 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) 4107 { 4108 cmpltr = 1; 4109 s += 2; 4110 } 4111 else 4112 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); 4113 } 4114 else 4115 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); 4116 4117 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); 4118 4119 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ 4120 case 'S': 4121 case 's': 4122 cmpltr = 0; 4123 flag = 0; 4124 if (*s == ',') 4125 { 4126 s++; 4127 4128 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4129 if (*args == 'S') 4130 { 4131 if (*s == '*') 4132 s++; 4133 else 4134 break; 4135 } 4136 else if (*s == '*') 4137 break; 4138 4139 name = s; 4140 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4141 s += 1; 4142 c = *s; 4143 *s = 0x00; 4144 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4145 cmpltr = 1; 4146 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4147 cmpltr = 2; 4148 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4149 cmpltr = 3; 4150 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) 4151 cmpltr = 4; 4152 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 4153 cmpltr = 5; 4154 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4155 cmpltr = 6; 4156 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4157 cmpltr = 7; 4158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4159 { 4160 cmpltr = 0; 4161 flag = 1; 4162 } 4163 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4164 { 4165 cmpltr = 1; 4166 flag = 1; 4167 } 4168 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4169 { 4170 cmpltr = 2; 4171 flag = 1; 4172 } 4173 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4174 { 4175 cmpltr = 3; 4176 flag = 1; 4177 } 4178 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 4179 { 4180 cmpltr = 4; 4181 flag = 1; 4182 } 4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) 4184 { 4185 cmpltr = 5; 4186 flag = 1; 4187 } 4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4189 { 4190 cmpltr = 6; 4191 flag = 1; 4192 } 4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4194 { 4195 cmpltr = 7; 4196 flag = 1; 4197 } 4198 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4199 else if (*args != 'S' || *name) 4200 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), 4201 name); 4202 *s = c; 4203 } 4204 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with 4205 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4206 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) 4207 break; 4208 4209 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4210 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4211 4212 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ 4213 case 't': 4214 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4215 if (cmpltr < 0) 4216 { 4217 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4218 cmpltr = 0; 4219 } 4220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4221 4222 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4223 case 'n': 4224 save_s = s; 4225 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4226 if (cmpltr < 0) 4227 { 4228 s = save_s; 4229 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4230 if (cmpltr < 0) 4231 { 4232 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); 4233 cmpltr = 0; 4234 } 4235 else 4236 { 4237 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4238 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4239 } 4240 } 4241 4242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4243 4244 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4245 case 'N': 4246 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4247 if (cmpltr >= 0) 4248 { 4249 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4250 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; 4251 } 4252 else 4253 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4254 break; 4255 4256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4257 4258 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ 4259 case 'Q': 4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); 4261 if (cmpltr < 0) 4262 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4263 break; 4264 4265 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4266 4267 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ 4268 case 'L': 4269 case 'l': 4270 cmpltr = 0; 4271 flag = 0; 4272 if (*s == ',') 4273 { 4274 s++; 4275 4276 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4277 if (*args == 'L') 4278 { 4279 if (*s == '*') 4280 s++; 4281 else 4282 break; 4283 } 4284 else if (*s == '*') 4285 break; 4286 4287 name = s; 4288 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4289 s += 1; 4290 c = *s; 4291 *s = 0x00; 4292 4293 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4294 cmpltr = 1; 4295 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4296 cmpltr = 2; 4297 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4298 cmpltr = 3; 4299 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4300 cmpltr = 7; 4301 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4302 { 4303 cmpltr = 0; 4304 flag = 1; 4305 } 4306 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4307 { 4308 cmpltr = 1; 4309 flag = 1; 4310 } 4311 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4312 { 4313 cmpltr = 2; 4314 flag = 1; 4315 } 4316 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4317 { 4318 cmpltr = 3; 4319 flag = 1; 4320 } 4321 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4322 { 4323 cmpltr = 7; 4324 flag = 1; 4325 } 4326 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4327 else if (*args != 'L' || *name) 4328 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); 4329 *s = c; 4330 } 4331 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4332 else if (*args == 'L') 4333 break; 4334 4335 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4337 4338 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ 4339 case 'X': 4340 case 'x': 4341 case 'y': 4342 cmpltr = 0; 4343 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit 4344 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ 4345 immediate_check = 1; 4346 if (*s == ',') 4347 { 4348 save_s = s++; 4349 4350 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4351 if (*args == 'X') 4352 { 4353 if (*s == '*') 4354 s++; 4355 else 4356 break; 4357 } 4358 else if (*s == '*') 4359 break; 4360 4361 name = s; 4362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4363 s += 1; 4364 c = *s; 4365 *s = 0x00; 4366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4367 cmpltr = 1; 4368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4369 cmpltr = 2; 4370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4371 cmpltr = 3; 4372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4373 cmpltr = 4; 4374 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4375 cmpltr = 5; 4376 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4377 cmpltr = 6; 4378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4379 cmpltr = 7; 4380 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. 4381 This includes moving s back to where it started. */ 4382 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') 4383 { 4384 *s = c; 4385 s = save_s; 4386 continue; 4387 } 4388 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4389 else if (*args != 'X' || *name) 4390 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); 4391 *s = c; 4392 } 4393 4394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4395 4396 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ 4397 case 'U': 4398 case 'u': 4399 cmpltr = 0; 4400 flag = 0; 4401 if (*s == ',') 4402 { 4403 int uxor; 4404 s++; 4405 4406 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4407 if (*args == 'U') 4408 { 4409 if (*s == '*') 4410 s++; 4411 else 4412 break; 4413 } 4414 else if (*s == '*') 4415 break; 4416 4417 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions 4418 not involving carries. */ 4419 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380; 4420 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) 4421 { 4422 cmpltr = 2; 4423 s += 3; 4424 } 4425 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) 4426 { 4427 cmpltr = 3; 4428 s += 3; 4429 } 4430 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) 4431 { 4432 cmpltr = 4; 4433 s += 3; 4434 } 4435 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) 4436 { 4437 cmpltr = 6; 4438 s += 3; 4439 } 4440 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) 4441 { 4442 cmpltr = 7; 4443 s += 3; 4444 } 4445 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) 4446 { 4447 cmpltr = 0; 4448 flag = 1; 4449 s += 2; 4450 } 4451 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) 4452 { 4453 cmpltr = 2; 4454 flag = 1; 4455 s += 3; 4456 } 4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) 4458 { 4459 cmpltr = 3; 4460 flag = 1; 4461 s += 3; 4462 } 4463 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) 4464 { 4465 cmpltr = 4; 4466 flag = 1; 4467 s += 3; 4468 } 4469 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) 4470 { 4471 cmpltr = 6; 4472 flag = 1; 4473 s += 3; 4474 } 4475 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) 4476 { 4477 cmpltr = 7; 4478 flag = 1; 4479 s += 3; 4480 } 4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) 4482 { 4483 cmpltr = 1; 4484 flag = 0; 4485 s += 3; 4486 } 4487 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) 4488 { 4489 cmpltr = 5; 4490 flag = 0; 4491 s += 3; 4492 } 4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) 4494 { 4495 cmpltr = 1; 4496 flag = 1; 4497 s += 3; 4498 } 4499 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) 4500 { 4501 cmpltr = 5; 4502 flag = 1; 4503 s += 3; 4504 } 4505 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4506 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) 4507 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); 4508 } 4509 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4510 else if (*args == 'U') 4511 break; 4512 4513 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4515 4516 default: 4517 abort (); 4518 } 4519 break; 4520 } 4521 4522 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ 4523 case 'n': 4524 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4525 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); 4526 4527 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ 4528 case 'N': 4529 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); 4531 4532 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ 4533 case 'L': 4534 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) 4535 s += 4; 4536 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) 4537 s += 4; 4538 else 4539 break; 4540 continue; 4541 4542 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4543 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4544 case 'h': 4545 get_expression (s); 4546 s = expr_end; 4547 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4548 { 4549 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4550 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4551 num++; 4552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4553 } 4554 else 4555 break; 4556 4557 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4558 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4559 case 'm': 4560 get_expression (s); 4561 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4562 { 4563 s = expr_end; 4564 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4566 num = (num + 1) ^ 1; 4567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4568 } 4569 else 4570 break; 4571 4572 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ 4573 case '=': 4574 { 4575 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); 4576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4577 } 4578 4579 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ 4580 case 'i': 4581 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4582 get_expression (s); 4583 s = expr_end; 4584 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4585 { 4586 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4587 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); 4588 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); 4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4590 } 4591 else 4592 { 4593 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4594 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4595 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4596 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4597#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4598 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4599 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4600 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4601 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4602 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4603 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4604 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4605 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4606 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4607 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4608#endif 4609 else 4610 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4611 the_insn.format = 11; 4612 continue; 4613 } 4614 4615 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4616 case 'J': 4617 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4618 get_expression (s); 4619 s = expr_end; 4620 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4621 { 4622 int mb; 4623 4624 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information 4625 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. 4626 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be 4627 good to rethink this. */ 4628 mb = opcode & 1; 4629 opcode -= mb; 4630 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4631 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4632 break; 4633 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4634 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4635 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4636 } 4637 break; 4638 4639 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4640 case 'K': 4641 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4642 get_expression (s); 4643 s = expr_end; 4644 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4645 { 4646 int mb; 4647 4648 mb = opcode & 1; 4649 opcode -= mb; 4650 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4651 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4652 break; 4653 if (num % 4) 4654 break; 4655 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4656 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4658 } 4659 break; 4660 4661 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4662 case '<': 4663 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4664 get_expression (s); 4665 s = expr_end; 4666 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4667 { 4668 int mb; 4669 4670 mb = opcode & 1; 4671 opcode -= mb; 4672 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4673 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4674 break; 4675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4676 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4678 } 4679 break; 4680 4681 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4682 case '>': 4683 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4684 get_expression (s); 4685 s = expr_end; 4686 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4687 { 4688 int mb; 4689 4690 mb = opcode & 1; 4691 opcode -= mb; 4692 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4693 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4694 break; 4695 if (num % 4) 4696 break; 4697 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4698 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4699 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4700 } 4701 break; 4702 4703 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ 4704 case '#': 4705 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) 4706 break; 4707 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4708 get_expression (s); 4709 s = expr_end; 4710 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4711 { 4712 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4713 if (num & 0x7) 4714 break; 4715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4716 if (num < 0) 4717 opcode |= 1; 4718 num &= 0x1fff; 4719 num >>= 3; 4720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); 4721 } 4722 else 4723 { 4724 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4725 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4726 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4727 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4728#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4729 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4730 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4731 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4732 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4733 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4734 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4735 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4736 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4737 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4738 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4739#endif 4740 else 4741 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4742 the_insn.format = 14; 4743 continue; 4744 } 4745 break; 4746 4747 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ 4748 case 'd': 4749 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4750 get_expression (s); 4751 s = expr_end; 4752 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4753 { 4754 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4755 if (num & 0x3) 4756 break; 4757 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4758 if (num < 0) 4759 opcode |= 1; 4760 num &= 0x1fff; 4761 num >>= 2; 4762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 4763 } 4764 else 4765 { 4766 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4767 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4768 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4769 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4770#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4771 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4772 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4773 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4774 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4775 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4776 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4777 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4778 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4779 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4780 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4781#endif 4782 else 4783 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4784 the_insn.format = 14; 4785 continue; 4786 } 4787 4788 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4789 case 'j': 4790 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4791 get_expression (s); 4792 s = expr_end; 4793 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4794 { 4795 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4797 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4799 } 4800 else 4801 { 4802 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4803 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4804 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4805 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4806#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4807 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4808 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4809 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4810 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4811 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4812 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4813 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4814 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4815 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4816 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4817#endif 4818 else 4819 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4820 the_insn.format = 14; 4821 continue; 4822 } 4823 4824 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ 4825 case 'k': 4826 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4827 get_expression (s); 4828 s = expr_end; 4829 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4830 { 4831 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4832 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); 4833 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); 4834 continue; 4835 } 4836 else 4837 { 4838 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4839 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4840 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4841 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4842#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4843 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4844 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4845 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4846 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4847 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4848 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4849 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4850 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4851 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4852 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4853#endif 4854 else 4855 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4856 the_insn.format = 21; 4857 continue; 4858 } 4859 4860 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ 4861 case 'l': 4862 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4863 get_expression (s); 4864 s = expr_end; 4865 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4866 { 4867 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4868 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4869 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4870 continue; 4871 } 4872 else 4873 { 4874 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4875 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4876 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4877 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4878 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4879#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4880 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4882 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4884 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4885 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4886 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4888 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4889 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4890#endif 4891 else 4892 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4893 the_insn.format = 14; 4894 continue; 4895 } 4896 4897 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4898 case 'y': 4899 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4900 get_expression (s); 4901 s = expr_end; 4902 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4903 { 4904 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4905 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4906 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); 4907 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4908 continue; 4909 } 4910 else 4911 { 4912 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4913 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4914 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4915 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4916 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4917#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4918 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4919 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4920 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4921 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4922 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4923 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4924 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4925 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4926 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4927 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4928#endif 4929 else 4930 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4931 the_insn.format = 14; 4932 continue; 4933 } 4934 4935 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4936 case '&': 4937 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4938 get_expression (s); 4939 s = expr_end; 4940 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4941 { 4942 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4943 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4944 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); 4945 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4946 continue; 4947 } 4948 else 4949 { 4950 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4951 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4952 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4953 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4954 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4955#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4956 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4957 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4958 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4959 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4960 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4961 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4962 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4963 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4964 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4965 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4966#endif 4967 else 4968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4969 the_insn.format = 14; 4970 continue; 4971 } 4972 4973 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ 4974 case 'w': 4975 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4976 get_expression (s); 4977 s = expr_end; 4978 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 4979 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 4980 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 4981 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 4982 { 4983 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4984 if (num % 4) 4985 { 4986 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 4987 break; 4988 } 4989 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 4990 num -= 8; 4991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4992 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); 4993 continue; 4994 } 4995 else 4996 { 4997 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4998 the_insn.format = 12; 4999 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5000 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5001 s = expr_end; 5002 continue; 5003 } 5004 5005 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ 5006 case 'W': 5007 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5008 get_expression (s); 5009 s = expr_end; 5010 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5011 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5012 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5013 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5014 { 5015 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5016 if (num % 4) 5017 { 5018 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5019 break; 5020 } 5021 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5022 num -= 8; 5023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5024 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5025 continue; 5026 } 5027 else 5028 { 5029 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5030 the_insn.format = 17; 5031 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5032 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5033 continue; 5034 } 5035 5036 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ 5037 case 'X': 5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5039 get_expression (s); 5040 s = expr_end; 5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5045 { 5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5047 if (num % 4) 5048 { 5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5050 break; 5051 } 5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5053 num -= 8; 5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); 5055 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); 5056 } 5057 else 5058 { 5059 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5060 the_insn.format = 22; 5061 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5062 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5063 continue; 5064 } 5065 5066 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ 5067 case 'z': 5068 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5069 get_expression (s); 5070 s = expr_end; 5071 the_insn.pcrel = 0; 5072 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5073 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5074 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5075 { 5076 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5077 if (num % 4) 5078 { 5079 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5080 break; 5081 } 5082 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5083 num -= 8; 5084 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5085 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5086 continue; 5087 } 5088 else 5089 { 5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; 5091 the_insn.format = 17; 5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5094 continue; 5095 } 5096 5097 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ 5098 case 'Z': 5099 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' 5100 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) 5101 { 5102 s += 4; 5103 continue; 5104 } 5105 else 5106 break; 5107 5108 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ 5109 case 'Y': 5110 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) 5111 break; 5112 s += 9; 5113 continue; 5114 5115 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ 5116 case '@': 5117 if (*s != '0') 5118 break; 5119 s++; 5120 continue; 5121 5122 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ 5123 case '.': 5124 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5125 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5126 break; 5127 s = expr_end; 5128 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); 5129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5130 5131 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ 5132 case '*': 5133 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5134 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5135 break; 5136 s = expr_end; 5137 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); 5138 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5139 5140 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ 5141 case 'p': 5142 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5143 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5144 break; 5145 s = expr_end; 5146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5147 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); 5149 5150 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ 5151 case '~': 5152 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5153 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5154 break; 5155 s = expr_end; 5156 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5157 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5158 num = 63 - num; 5159 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5161 5162 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ 5163 case '%': 5164 flag = 0; 5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5167 break; 5168 s = expr_end; 5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5170 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5171 num--; 5172 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; 5173 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5175 5176 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ 5177 case '|': 5178 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5179 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5180 break; 5181 s = expr_end; 5182 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5183 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5184 num--; 5185 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; 5186 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5188 5189 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ 5190 case 'P': 5191 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5192 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5193 break; 5194 s = expr_end; 5195 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5196 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); 5198 5199 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ 5200 case 'q': 5201 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5202 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5203 break; 5204 s = expr_end; 5205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5206 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5207 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5209 5210 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement 5211 of the high bit of the immediate. */ 5212 case 'B': 5213 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5214 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5215 break; 5216 s = expr_end; 5217 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5218 if (num & 0x20) 5219 opcode &= ~(1 << 13); 5220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); 5221 5222 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ 5223 case 'Q': 5224 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5225 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5226 break; 5227 s = expr_end; 5228 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5230 5231 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ 5232 case '$': 5233 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5234 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5235 break; 5236 s = expr_end; 5237 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); 5238 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 5239 5240 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ 5241 case 'A': 5242 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5243 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5244 break; 5245 s = expr_end; 5246 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); 5247 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 5248 5249 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ 5250 case 'D': 5251 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5252 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5253 break; 5254 s = expr_end; 5255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); 5256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5257 5258 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ 5259 case 'v': 5260 if (*s++ != ',') 5261 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); 5262 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5263 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5264 break; 5265 s = expr_end; 5266 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5267 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5268 5269 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ 5270 case 'O': 5271 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5272 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5273 break; 5274 s = expr_end; 5275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); 5276 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); 5277 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5278 5279 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ 5280 case 'o': 5281 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5282 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5283 break; 5284 s = expr_end; 5285 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5286 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5287 5288 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ 5289 case '0': 5290 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5291 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5292 break; 5293 s = expr_end; 5294 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 5295 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); 5296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5297 5298 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ 5299 case '1': 5300 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5301 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5302 break; 5303 s = expr_end; 5304 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5305 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); 5306 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5307 5308 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ 5309 case 'u': 5310 if (*s++ != ',') 5311 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); 5312 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5313 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5314 break; 5315 s = expr_end; 5316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5317 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5318 5319 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ 5320 case '2': 5321 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5322 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5323 break; 5324 s = expr_end; 5325 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); 5326 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); 5327 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5328 5329 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5330 case '{': 5331 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') 5332 { 5333 the_insn.trunc = 1; 5334 s += 2; 5335 } 5336 else 5337 the_insn.trunc = 0; 5338 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5339 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5340 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5341 flag = SGL; 5342 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5343 flag = DBL; 5344 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5345 flag = QUAD; 5346 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5347 5348 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5349 case '_': 5350 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5351 s--; 5352 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5353 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5354 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5355 flag = SGL; 5356 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5357 flag = DBL; 5358 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5359 flag = QUAD; 5360 opcode |= flag << 13; 5361 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL 5362 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL 5363 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) 5364 { 5365 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5366 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5367 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5368 flag = 0; 5369 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W 5370 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW 5371 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) 5372 flag = 2; 5373 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW 5374 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW 5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) 5376 flag = 6; 5377 else 5378 abort (); 5379 } 5380 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W 5381 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW 5382 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) 5383 { 5384 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5385 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5386 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5387 flag = 1; 5388 else 5389 abort (); 5390 } 5391 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW 5392 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW 5393 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) 5394 { 5395 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5396 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5397 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5398 flag = 5; 5399 else 5400 abort (); 5401 } 5402 flag |= the_insn.trunc; 5403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); 5404 5405 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5406 case 'F': 5407 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5408 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5410 5411 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5412 case 'G': 5413 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5414 s--; 5415 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5416 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5417 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); 5418 5419 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ 5420 case 'I': 5421 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5422 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5424 5425 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. 5426 Only allows single and double precision. */ 5427 case 'H': 5428 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5429 switch (flag) 5430 { 5431 case SGL: 5432 opcode |= 0x20; 5433 /* Fall through. */ 5434 case DBL: 5435 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5436 continue; 5437 5438 case QUAD: 5439 case ILLEGAL_FMT: 5440 default: 5441 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); 5442 } 5443 break; 5444 5445 /* Handle all floating point registers. */ 5446 case 'f': 5447 switch (*++args) 5448 { 5449 /* Float target register. */ 5450 case 't': 5451 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5452 break; 5453 /* RSEL should not be set. */ 5454 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) 5455 break; 5456 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE; 5457 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5458 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5459 5460 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ 5461 case 'T': 5462 { 5463 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5464 break; 5465 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5466 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5467 opcode |= num; 5468 5469 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes 5470 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This 5471 is not necessary for loads/stores. */ 5472 if (need_pa11_opcode () 5473 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) 5474 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5475 5476 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); 5477 continue; 5478 } 5479 5480 /* Float operand 1. */ 5481 case 'a': 5482 { 5483 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5484 break; 5485 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5486 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5487 opcode |= num << 21; 5488 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5489 { 5490 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5491 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5492 } 5493 continue; 5494 } 5495 5496 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ 5497 case 'X': 5498 case 'A': 5499 { 5500 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5501 break; 5502 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5503 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5504 opcode |= num << 21; 5505 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5506 continue; 5507 } 5508 5509 /* Float operand 2. */ 5510 case 'b': 5511 { 5512 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5513 break; 5514 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5515 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5516 opcode |= num << 16; 5517 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5518 { 5519 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5520 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5521 } 5522 continue; 5523 } 5524 5525 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ 5526 case 'B': 5527 { 5528 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5529 break; 5530 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5531 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5532 opcode |= num << 16; 5533 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5534 continue; 5535 } 5536 5537 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ 5538 case 'C': 5539 { 5540 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5541 break; 5542 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5543 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5544 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; 5545 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; 5546 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); 5547 continue; 5548 } 5549 5550 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5551 case 'i': 5552 { 5553 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5554 break; 5555 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5557 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5558 { 5559 if (num < 16) 5560 { 5561 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5562 break; 5563 } 5564 num &= 0xF; 5565 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5566 } 5567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5568 } 5569 5570 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5571 case 'j': 5572 { 5573 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5574 break; 5575 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5576 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5577 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5578 { 5579 if (num < 16) 5580 { 5581 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5582 break; 5583 } 5584 num &= 0xF; 5585 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5586 } 5587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5588 } 5589 5590 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5591 case 'k': 5592 { 5593 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5594 break; 5595 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5597 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5598 { 5599 if (num < 16) 5600 { 5601 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5602 break; 5603 } 5604 num &= 0xF; 5605 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5606 } 5607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5608 } 5609 5610 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5611 case 'l': 5612 { 5613 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5614 break; 5615 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5616 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5617 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5618 { 5619 if (num < 16) 5620 { 5621 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5622 break; 5623 } 5624 num &= 0xF; 5625 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5626 } 5627 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5628 } 5629 5630 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5631 case 'm': 5632 { 5633 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5634 break; 5635 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5636 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5637 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5638 { 5639 if (num < 16) 5640 { 5641 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5642 break; 5643 } 5644 num &= 0xF; 5645 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5646 } 5647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5648 } 5649 5650 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ 5651 case 'E': 5652 case 'e': 5653 { 5654 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5655 break; 5656 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5657 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5658 opcode |= num << 16; 5659 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5660 { 5661 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); 5662 } 5663 continue; 5664 } 5665 5666 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ 5667 case 'x': 5668 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5669 break; 5670 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5671 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5672 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5673 5674 default: 5675 abort (); 5676 } 5677 break; 5678 5679 default: 5680 abort (); 5681 } 5682 break; 5683 } 5684 5685 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 5686 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is 5687 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ 5688 if (match 5689 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch 5690 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) 5691 { 5692 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 5693 match = FALSE; 5694 } 5695 5696 failed: 5697 /* Check if the args matched. */ 5698 if (!match) 5699 { 5700 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES 5701 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) 5702 { 5703 ++insn; 5704 s = argstart; 5705 continue; 5706 } 5707 else 5708 { 5709 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); 5710 return; 5711 } 5712 } 5713 break; 5714 } 5715 5716 if (immediate_check) 5717 { 5718 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) 5719 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), 5720 pos, len); 5721 } 5722 5723 the_insn.opcode = opcode; 5724} 5725 5726/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ 5727 5728void 5729md_assemble (char *str) 5730{ 5731 char *to; 5732 5733 /* The had better be something to assemble. */ 5734 gas_assert (str); 5735 5736 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 5737 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 5738 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 5739 5740 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 5741 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 5742 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 5743 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5744 { 5745 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 5746 5747 if (label_symbol) 5748 { 5749 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 5750 { 5751 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 5752 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 5753 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 5754#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5755 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 5756 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 5757 if (within_entry_exit) 5758 { 5759 char *where; 5760 unsigned int u; 5761 5762 where = frag_more (0); 5763 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 5764 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5765 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5766 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 5767 } 5768#endif 5769 } 5770 else 5771 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 5772 } 5773 else 5774 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 5775 } 5776 5777 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ 5778 pa_ip (str); 5779 5780 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ 5781 to = frag_more (4); 5782 5783 /* Output the opcode. */ 5784 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); 5785 5786 /* If necessary output more stuff. */ 5787 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) 5788 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, 5789 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, 5790 (int) the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, 5791 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); 5792 5793#ifdef OBJ_ELF 5794 dwarf2_emit_insn (4); 5795#endif 5796} 5797 5798#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5799/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the 5800 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ 5801static void 5802pa_align (int bytes) 5803{ 5804 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5805 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5806 5807 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ 5808 s_align_bytes (bytes); 5809 5810 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's 5811 alignment if necessary. */ 5812 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) 5813 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); 5814} 5815#endif 5816 5817/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ 5818 5819static void 5820pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5821{ 5822 unsigned int temp_size; 5823 5824#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5825 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5826 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5827#endif 5828 5829 temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); 5830 5831 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) 5832 { 5833 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); 5834 temp_size = 0; 5835 } 5836 else 5837 { 5838 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ 5839 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); 5840 *p = 0; 5841 } 5842 5843 pa_undefine_label (); 5844 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5845} 5846 5847/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ 5848 5849static void 5850pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5851{ 5852 5853#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5854 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5855 the beginning and end of branch tables). */ 5856 char *where = frag_more (0); 5857 5858 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5859 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5860 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, 5861 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5862#endif 5863 5864 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5865} 5866 5867/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ 5868 5869static void 5870pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5871{ 5872#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5873 expressionS exp; 5874 char *where = frag_more (0); 5875 5876 if (! begin) 5877 expression (&exp); 5878 5879 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5880 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ 5881 5882 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5883 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, 5884 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, 5885 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5886#endif 5887 5888 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5889} 5890 5891/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes 5892 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ 5893 5894static void 5895pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) 5896{ 5897 char *name, c; 5898 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 5899 5900 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5901 { 5902 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5903 /* Process a source argument. */ 5904 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 5905 { 5906 temp = atoi (name + 4); 5907 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5908 input_line_pointer++; 5909 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5910 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5911 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); 5912 } 5913 /* Process a return value. */ 5914 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) 5915 { 5916 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5917 input_line_pointer++; 5918 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5919 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5920 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); 5921 } 5922 else 5923 { 5924 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); 5925 } 5926 5927 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5928 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5929 input_line_pointer++; 5930 } 5931} 5932 5933/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information 5934 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect 5935 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ 5936 5937static void 5938pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5939{ 5940#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5941 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5942 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5943#endif 5944 5945 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); 5946 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5947} 5948 5949#ifdef OBJ_ELF 5950/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function 5951 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using 5952 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building 5953 of the unwind spaces. */ 5954 5955static void 5956pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) 5957{ 5958 asection *seg, *save_seg; 5959 subsegT save_subseg; 5960 unsigned int unwind; 5961 int reloc; 5962 char *name, *p; 5963 symbolS *symbolP; 5964 5965 if ((bfd_section_flags (now_seg) 5966 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5967 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5968 return; 5969 5970 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5971 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ 5972 return; 5973 5974 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced 5975 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with 5976 multiple definitions, etc. */ 5977 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol), 5978 (char *) NULL); 5979 5980 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have 5981 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind 5982 entry. */ 5983 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 5984 if (symbolP) 5985 { 5986 xfree (name); 5987 return; 5988 } 5989 else 5990 { 5991 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, 5992 symbol_get_frag (call_info->start_symbol), 5993 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol)); 5994 gas_assert (symbolP); 5995 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 5996 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 5997 } 5998 5999 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 6000 save_seg = now_seg; 6001 save_subseg = now_subseg; 6002 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating 6003 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the 6004 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ 6005 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); 6006 if (seg == ASEC_NULL) 6007 { 6008 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); 6009 bfd_set_section_flags (seg, (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD 6010 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA)); 6011 bfd_set_section_alignment (seg, 2); 6012 } 6013 6014 subseg_set (seg, 0); 6015 6016 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind 6017 descriptor. */ 6018 p = frag_more (16); 6019 6020 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ 6021 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); 6022 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6023 symbolP, (offsetT) 0, 6024 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6025 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6026 6027 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. 6028 6029 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be 6030 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary 6031 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same 6032 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is 6033 finished with its work. */ 6034 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); 6035 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6036 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 6037 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6038 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6039 6040 /* Dump the descriptor. */ 6041 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6042 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); 6043 6044 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6045 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); 6046 6047 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ 6048 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); 6049} 6050#endif 6051 6052/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later 6053 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support 6054 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ 6055 6056static void 6057pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6058{ 6059 char *name, c; 6060 int temp; 6061 6062#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6063 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6064 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6065#endif 6066 6067 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ 6068 if (!within_procedure) 6069 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); 6070 6071 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the 6072 current procedure. */ 6073 callinfo_found = TRUE; 6074 6075 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ 6076 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6077 { 6078 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6079 /* Frame size specification. */ 6080 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) 6081 { 6082 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6083 input_line_pointer++; 6084 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6085 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) 6086 { 6087 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); 6088 temp = 0; 6089 } 6090 6091 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ 6092 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; 6093 } 6094 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ 6095 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) 6096 { 6097 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6098 input_line_pointer++; 6099 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6100 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR 6101 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in 6102 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ 6103 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) 6104 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); 6105 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; 6106 } 6107 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) 6108 { 6109 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6110 input_line_pointer++; 6111 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6112 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even 6113 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ 6114 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) 6115 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); 6116 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; 6117 } 6118 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) 6119 { 6120 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6121 input_line_pointer++; 6122 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6123 if (temp != 3) 6124 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); 6125 } 6126 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ 6127 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) 6128 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) 6129 { 6130 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6131 } 6132 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) 6133 { 6134 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6135 } 6136 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ 6137 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) 6138 { 6139 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6140 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; 6141 } 6142 /* Likewise for SP. */ 6143 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) 6144 { 6145 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6146 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; 6147 } 6148 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so 6149 in the unwind descriptor. */ 6150 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) 6151 { 6152 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6153 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; 6154 } 6155 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the 6156 unwind descriptor. */ 6157 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) 6158 { 6159 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6160 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; 6161 } 6162 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my 6163 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler 6164 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor 6165 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ 6166 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) 6167 { 6168 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6169 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; 6170 } 6171 else 6172 { 6173 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); 6174 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6175 } 6176 6177 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6178 input_line_pointer++; 6179 } 6180 6181 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6182} 6183 6184#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 6185/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our 6186 label when finished. */ 6187 6188static void 6189pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6190{ 6191#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6192 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 6193 current_subspace 6194 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6195#endif 6196 6197 s_text (0); 6198 pa_undefine_label (); 6199} 6200 6201/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ 6202 6203static void 6204pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6205{ 6206#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6207 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 6208 current_subspace 6209 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6210#endif 6211 s_data (0); 6212 pa_undefine_label (); 6213} 6214 6215/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, 6216 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: 6217 6218 <label> .comm <length> 6219 6220 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of 6221 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute 6222 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space 6223 and subspace. 6224 6225 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. 6226 6227 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called 6228 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number 6229 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular 6230 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What 6231 a pain. 6232 6233 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ 6234 6235static void 6236pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6237{ 6238 unsigned int size; 6239 symbolS *symbol; 6240 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6241 6242 if (label_symbol) 6243 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6244 else 6245 symbol = NULL; 6246 6247 SKIP_WHITESPACE (); 6248 size = get_absolute_expression (); 6249 6250 if (symbol) 6251 { 6252 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6253 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); 6254 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); 6255 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6256 6257 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the 6258 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address 6259 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ 6260 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); 6261 } 6262 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6263} 6264#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ 6265 6266/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ 6267 6268static void 6269pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6270{ 6271 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6272} 6273 6274/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ 6275 6276static void 6277pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6278{ 6279#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6280 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6281 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6282#endif 6283 6284 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); 6285 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6286} 6287 6288/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the 6289 procedure. */ 6290 6291static void 6292pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6293{ 6294#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6295 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6296 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6297#endif 6298 6299 if (!within_procedure) 6300 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); 6301 else 6302 { 6303 if (!callinfo_found) 6304 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); 6305 } 6306 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6307 within_entry_exit = TRUE; 6308 6309#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6310 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6311 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6312 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6313 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6314 6315 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6316 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6317 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6318 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6319 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) 6320 { 6321 char *where; 6322 unsigned int u; 6323 6324 where = frag_more (0); 6325 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6326 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6327 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 6328 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 6329 } 6330#endif 6331} 6332 6333/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is 6334 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of 6335 registers, to get the size of the range. */ 6336static int fudge_reg_expressions; 6337 6338int 6339hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, 6340 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6341 expressionS *rightP) 6342{ 6343 if (fudge_reg_expressions 6344 && rightP->X_op == O_register 6345 && resultP->X_op == O_register) 6346 { 6347 rightP->X_op = O_constant; 6348 resultP->X_op = O_constant; 6349 } 6350 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ 6351} 6352 6353/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ 6354 6355static void 6356pa_equ (int reg) 6357{ 6358 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6359 symbolS *symbol; 6360 6361 if (label_symbol) 6362 { 6363 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6364 if (reg) 6365 { 6366 strict = 1; 6367 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) 6368 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); 6369 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); 6370 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); 6371 } 6372 else 6373 { 6374 expressionS exp; 6375 segT seg; 6376 6377 fudge_reg_expressions = 1; 6378 seg = expression (&exp); 6379 fudge_reg_expressions = 0; 6380 if (exp.X_op != O_constant 6381 && exp.X_op != O_register) 6382 { 6383 if (exp.X_op != O_absent) 6384 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); 6385 exp.X_add_number = 0; 6386 seg = absolute_section; 6387 } 6388 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); 6389 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); 6390 } 6391 } 6392 else 6393 { 6394 if (reg) 6395 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); 6396 else 6397 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); 6398 } 6399 6400 pa_undefine_label (); 6401 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6402} 6403 6404#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6405/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute 6406 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ 6407 6408static void 6409hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) 6410{ 6411 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a 6412 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ 6413 char *name; 6414 symbolS *symbolP; 6415 6416 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6417 { 6418 /* We have already warned about a missing label, 6419 or other problems. */ 6420 return; 6421 } 6422 6423 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol), 6424 (char *) NULL); 6425 6426 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the 6427 symbol will have already been defined. */ 6428 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6429 if (symbolP) 6430 { 6431 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can 6432 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. 6433 6434 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free 6435 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ 6436 xfree (name); 6437 } 6438 else 6439 { 6440 /* symbol value should be the offset of the 6441 last instruction of the function */ 6442 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix () - 4); 6443 6444 gas_assert (symbolP); 6445 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6446 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6447 } 6448 6449 if (symbolP) 6450 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; 6451 else 6452 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); 6453} 6454#endif 6455 6456/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This 6457 usually involves creating some relocations or building special 6458 symbols to mark the end of the function. */ 6459 6460static void 6461process_exit (void) 6462{ 6463 char *where; 6464 6465 where = frag_more (0); 6466 6467#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6468 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag 6469 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace 6470 to add an entry in the unwind table. */ 6471 (void) where; 6472 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 6473 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); 6474#else 6475 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6476 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6477 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6478 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6479 6480 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6481 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6482 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6483 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6484 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6485 NULL, (offsetT) 0, 6486 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, 6487 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); 6488#endif 6489} 6490 6491/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ 6492 6493static void 6494pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6495{ 6496#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6497 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6498 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6499#endif 6500 6501 if (!within_procedure) 6502 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); 6503 else 6504 { 6505 if (!callinfo_found) 6506 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); 6507 else 6508 { 6509 if (!within_entry_exit) 6510 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); 6511 else 6512 { 6513 within_entry_exit = FALSE; 6514 process_exit (); 6515 } 6516 } 6517 } 6518 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6519} 6520 6521/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ 6522 6523static void 6524pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) 6525{ 6526 char *name, c; 6527 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 6528 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; 6529 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); 6530 6531 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) 6532 { 6533 input_line_pointer += 8; 6534 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6535 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); 6536 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; 6537 } 6538 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) 6539 { 6540 input_line_pointer += 4; 6541 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, 6542 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. 6543 6544 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never 6545 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so 6546 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ 6547 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) 6548 { 6549 if (is_export) 6550 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), 6551 S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); 6552 6553 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6554 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6555 } 6556 else 6557 { 6558 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6559 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; 6560 } 6561 } 6562 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) 6563 { 6564 input_line_pointer += 4; 6565 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6566 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6567 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; 6568 } 6569 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) 6570 { 6571 input_line_pointer += 5; 6572 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6573 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6574 } 6575 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) 6576 { 6577 input_line_pointer += 9; 6578 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6579#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6580 { 6581 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; 6582 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = 6583 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), 6584 STT_PARISC_MILLI); 6585 } 6586#endif 6587 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; 6588 } 6589 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) 6590 { 6591 input_line_pointer += 6; 6592 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6593 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; 6594 } 6595 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) 6596 { 6597 input_line_pointer += 8; 6598 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6599 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; 6600 } 6601 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) 6602 { 6603 input_line_pointer += 8; 6604 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6605 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; 6606 } 6607 6608 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types 6609 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information 6610 to the SOM BFD backend. */ 6611#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type 6612 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); 6613#else 6614 (void) type; 6615#endif 6616 6617 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, 6618 handle any argument relocation information. */ 6619 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6620 { 6621 if (*input_line_pointer == ',') 6622 input_line_pointer++; 6623 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6624 /* Argument sources. */ 6625 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 6626 { 6627 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6628 input_line_pointer++; 6629 temp = atoi (name + 4); 6630 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6631 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); 6632#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6633 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6634#else 6635 (void) arg_reloc; 6636#endif 6637 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6638 } 6639 /* The return value. */ 6640 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) 6641 { 6642 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6643 input_line_pointer++; 6644 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6645 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 6646#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6647 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6648#else 6649 (void) arg_reloc; 6650#endif 6651 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6652 } 6653 /* Privilege level. */ 6654 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) 6655 { 6656 char *priv; 6657 6658 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6659 input_line_pointer++; 6660 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); 6661#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6662 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; 6663#endif 6664 c = get_symbol_name (&priv); 6665 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6666 } 6667 else 6668 { 6669 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); 6670 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6671 } 6672 6673 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6674 input_line_pointer++; 6675 } 6676} 6677 6678/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external 6679 and provides information such as argument relocation entries 6680 to callers. */ 6681 6682static void 6683pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6684{ 6685 char *name, c; 6686 symbolS *symbol; 6687 6688 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6689 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ 6690 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6691 { 6692 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); 6693 restore_line_pointer (c); 6694 input_line_pointer++; 6695 } 6696 else 6697 { 6698 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. 6699 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. 6700 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. 6701 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually 6702 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ 6703 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6704 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 6705 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6706 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6707 { 6708 input_line_pointer++; 6709 pa_type_args (symbol, 1); 6710 } 6711 } 6712 6713 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6714} 6715 6716/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given 6717 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or 6718 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ 6719 6720static void 6721pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6722{ 6723 char *name, c; 6724 symbolS *symbol; 6725 6726 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6727 6728 symbol = symbol_find (name); 6729 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, 6730 in which case all the code below will really screw things up 6731 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ 6732 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) 6733 { 6734 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); 6735 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6736 6737 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6738 { 6739 input_line_pointer++; 6740 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6741 } 6742 else 6743 { 6744 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help 6745 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on 6746 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really 6747 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ 6748 if (now_seg == text_section) 6749 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6750 6751 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined 6752 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ 6753 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); 6754 } 6755 } 6756 else 6757 { 6758 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to 6759 the end of the current statement. */ 6760 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6761 input_line_pointer++; 6762 } 6763 6764 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6765} 6766 6767/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ 6768 6769static void 6770pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6771{ 6772 char *name, c; 6773 6774 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6775 6776 if (strlen (name) > 0) 6777 { 6778 colon (name); 6779 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6780 } 6781 else 6782 { 6783 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); 6784 } 6785 6786 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6787 { 6788 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); 6789 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6790 } 6791 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6792} 6793 6794/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ 6795 6796static void 6797pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6798{ 6799#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6800 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6801 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6802#endif 6803 6804 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); 6805 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6806} 6807 6808/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ 6809 6810static void 6811pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6812{ 6813 char *level; 6814 6815 level = input_line_pointer; 6816 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) 6817 { 6818 input_line_pointer += 3; 6819 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) 6820 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6821 } 6822 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) 6823 { 6824 input_line_pointer += 3; 6825 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) 6826 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6827 } 6828 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) 6829 { 6830 input_line_pointer += 4; 6831 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) 6832 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6833 } 6834 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) 6835 { 6836 input_line_pointer += 3; 6837 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) 6838 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6839 } 6840 else 6841 { 6842 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); 6843 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6844 } 6845 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6846} 6847 6848/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ 6849 6850static void 6851pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6852{ 6853#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6854 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6855 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6856#endif 6857 6858 s_org (0); 6859 pa_undefine_label (); 6860} 6861 6862/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it 6863 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ 6864 6865static void 6866pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6867{ 6868 char *name, c; 6869 symbolS *symbol; 6870 6871 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6872 6873 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6874 { 6875 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); 6876 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6877 input_line_pointer++; 6878 } 6879 else 6880 { 6881 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6882 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6883 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6884 { 6885 input_line_pointer++; 6886 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6887 } 6888 } 6889 6890 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6891} 6892 6893/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning 6894 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ 6895 6896static void 6897pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6898{ 6899 struct call_info *call_info; 6900 6901#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6902 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6903 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6904#endif 6905 6906 if (within_procedure) 6907 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); 6908 6909 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ 6910 callinfo_found = FALSE; 6911 within_procedure = TRUE; 6912 6913 /* Create another call_info structure. */ 6914 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info); 6915 6916 if (!call_info) 6917 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); 6918 6919 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); 6920 6921 call_info->ci_next = NULL; 6922 6923 if (call_info_root == NULL) 6924 { 6925 call_info_root = call_info; 6926 last_call_info = call_info; 6927 } 6928 else 6929 { 6930 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; 6931 last_call_info = call_info; 6932 } 6933 6934 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ 6935 6936 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; 6937 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; 6938 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; 6939 6940 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined 6941 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ 6942 { 6943 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6944 6945 if (label_symbol) 6946 { 6947 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6948 { 6949 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6950 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6951 } 6952 else 6953 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 6954 } 6955 else 6956 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; 6957 } 6958 6959 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6960} 6961 6962/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the 6963 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ 6964 6965static void 6966pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6967{ 6968#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6969 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6970 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6971#endif 6972 6973 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 6974 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 6975 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 6976 6977 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 6978 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 6979 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 6980 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6981 { 6982 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6983 6984 if (label_symbol) 6985 { 6986 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6987 { 6988 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6989 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 6990 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6991#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6992 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 6993 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 6994 if (within_entry_exit) 6995 { 6996 char *where; 6997 unsigned int u; 6998 6999 where = frag_more (0); 7000 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 7001 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 7002 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 7003 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 7004 } 7005#endif 7006 } 7007 else 7008 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7009 } 7010 else 7011 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 7012 } 7013 7014 if (!within_procedure) 7015 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); 7016 7017 if (!callinfo_found) 7018 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); 7019 7020 if (within_entry_exit) 7021 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); 7022 7023#ifdef OBJ_ELF 7024 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute 7025 the size of the function (apparently it's needed in the symbol table). */ 7026 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 7027#endif 7028 7029 within_procedure = FALSE; 7030 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7031 pa_undefine_label (); 7032} 7033 7034#ifdef OBJ_SOM 7035/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then 7036 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ 7037 7038static int 7039exact_log2 (int value) 7040{ 7041 int shift = 0; 7042 7043 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) 7044 shift++; 7045 7046 if (shift >= 32) 7047 return -1; 7048 else 7049 return shift; 7050} 7051 7052/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ 7053 7054static void 7055pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) 7056{ 7057 if (current_space == NULL) 7058 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); 7059 7060 if (current_subspace == NULL) 7061 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); 7062} 7063 7064/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, 7065 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified 7066 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ 7067 7068static sd_chain_struct * 7069pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag) 7070{ 7071 char *name, *ptemp, c; 7072 char loadable, defined, private, sort; 7073 int spnum; 7074 asection *seg = NULL; 7075 sd_chain_struct *space; 7076 7077 /* Load default values. */ 7078 spnum = 0; 7079 sort = 0; 7080 loadable = TRUE; 7081 defined = TRUE; 7082 private = FALSE; 7083 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) 7084 { 7085 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; 7086 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; 7087 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; 7088 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; 7089 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; 7090 } 7091 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) 7092 { 7093 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; 7094 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; 7095 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; 7096 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; 7097 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; 7098 } 7099 7100 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7101 { 7102 print_errors = FALSE; 7103 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; 7104 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than 7105 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of 7106 the line should be ignored. */ 7107 strict = 0; 7108 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); 7109 if (pa_number >= 0) 7110 { 7111 spnum = pa_number; 7112 input_line_pointer = ptemp; 7113 } 7114 else 7115 { 7116 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7117 { 7118 input_line_pointer++; 7119 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7120 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) 7121 { 7122 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7123 input_line_pointer++; 7124 spnum = get_absolute_expression (); 7125 } 7126 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7127 { 7128 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7129 input_line_pointer++; 7130 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7131 } 7132 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7133 { 7134 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7135 loadable = FALSE; 7136 } 7137 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) 7138 { 7139 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7140 defined = FALSE; 7141 } 7142 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) 7143 { 7144 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7145 private = TRUE; 7146 } 7147 else 7148 { 7149 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); 7150 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7151 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7152 input_line_pointer++; 7153 } 7154 } 7155 } 7156 print_errors = TRUE; 7157 } 7158 7159 if (create_flag && seg == NULL) 7160 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); 7161 7162 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with 7163 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in 7164 an already existing space -- this can only happen for 7165 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ 7166 if (create_flag) 7167 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, 7168 private, sort, seg, 1); 7169 else 7170 { 7171 space = is_defined_space (space_name); 7172 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; 7173 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; 7174 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; 7175 } 7176 7177#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7178 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7179#endif 7180 7181 return space; 7182} 7183 7184/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the 7185 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ 7186 7187static void 7188pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7189{ 7190 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; 7191 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; 7192 7193 if (within_procedure) 7194 { 7195 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7196 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7197 } 7198 else 7199 { 7200 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code 7201 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts 7202 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ 7203 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? 7204 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ 7205 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) 7206 { 7207 input_line_pointer += 6; 7208 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 7209 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7210 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); 7211 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7212 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); 7213 7214 current_space = sd_chain; 7215 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7216 current_subspace 7217 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, 7218 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7219 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7220 return; 7221 } 7222 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) 7223 { 7224 input_line_pointer += 9; 7225 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 7226 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7227 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); 7228 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7229 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); 7230 7231 current_space = sd_chain; 7232 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7233 current_subspace 7234 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, 7235 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7236 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7237 return; 7238 } 7239 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, 7240 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 7241 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) 7242 { 7243 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7244 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7245 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7246 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); 7247 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7248 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); 7249 7250 current_space = sd_chain; 7251 7252 { 7253 asection *gdb_section 7254 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7255 7256 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7257 current_subspace 7258 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, 7259 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7260 } 7261 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7262 return; 7263 } 7264 7265 /* It could be a space specified by number. */ 7266 print_errors = 0; 7267 save_s = input_line_pointer; 7268 strict = 0; 7269 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); 7270 if (pa_number >= 0) 7271 { 7272 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) 7273 { 7274 current_space = sd_chain; 7275 7276 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7277 current_subspace 7278 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7279 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7280 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7281 return; 7282 } 7283 } 7284 7285 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ 7286 print_errors = 1; 7287 input_line_pointer = save_s; 7288 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7289 space_name = xstrdup (name); 7290 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7291 7292 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); 7293 current_space = sd_chain; 7294 7295 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7296 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7297 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7298 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7299 } 7300} 7301 7302/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ 7303 7304static void 7305pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7306{ 7307 char *name; 7308 char c; 7309 char *p; 7310 sd_chain_struct *space; 7311 7312 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7313 space = is_defined_space (name); 7314 if (space) 7315 { 7316 p = frag_more (4); 7317 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); 7318 } 7319 else 7320 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); 7321 7322 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7323 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7324} 7325 7326/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the 7327 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. 7328 7329 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how 7330 they're broken up into subroutines. */ 7331 7332static void 7333pa_subspace (int create_new) 7334{ 7335 char *name, *ss_name, c; 7336 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; 7337 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; 7338 sd_chain_struct *space; 7339 ssd_chain_struct *ssd; 7340 asection *section; 7341 7342 if (current_space == NULL) 7343 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); 7344 7345 if (within_procedure) 7346 { 7347 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7348 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7349 } 7350 else 7351 { 7352 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7353 ss_name = xstrdup (name); 7354 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7355 7356 /* Load default values. */ 7357 sort = 0; 7358 access_ctr = 0x7f; 7359 loadable = 1; 7360 comdat = 0; 7361 common = 0; 7362 dup_common = 0; 7363 code_only = 0; 7364 zero = 0; 7365 space_index = ~0; 7366 alignment = 1; 7367 quadrant = 0; 7368 7369 space = current_space; 7370 if (create_new) 7371 ssd = NULL; 7372 else 7373 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); 7374 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But 7375 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ 7376 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) 7377 { 7378 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); 7379 current_subspace = ssd; 7380 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7381 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); 7382 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7383 return; 7384 } 7385 else 7386 { 7387 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of 7388 the builtin subspaces. */ 7389 i = 0; 7390 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7391 { 7392 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) 7393 { 7394 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; 7395 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; 7396 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; 7397 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; 7398 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; 7399 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; 7400 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; 7401 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; 7402 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; 7403 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; 7404 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; 7405 break; 7406 } 7407 i++; 7408 } 7409 } 7410 7411 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in 7412 any information as specified by the user. */ 7413 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7414 { 7415 input_line_pointer++; 7416 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7417 { 7418 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7419 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) 7420 { 7421 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7422 input_line_pointer++; 7423 quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); 7424 } 7425 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) 7426 { 7427 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7428 input_line_pointer++; 7429 alignment = get_absolute_expression (); 7430 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) 7431 { 7432 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); 7433 alignment = 1; 7434 } 7435 } 7436 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) 7437 { 7438 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7439 input_line_pointer++; 7440 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); 7441 } 7442 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7443 { 7444 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7445 input_line_pointer++; 7446 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7447 } 7448 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) 7449 { 7450 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7451 code_only = 1; 7452 } 7453 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7454 { 7455 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7456 loadable = 0; 7457 } 7458 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) 7459 { 7460 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7461 comdat = 1; 7462 } 7463 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) 7464 { 7465 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7466 common = 1; 7467 } 7468 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) 7469 { 7470 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7471 dup_common = 1; 7472 } 7473 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) 7474 { 7475 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7476 zero = 1; 7477 } 7478 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) 7479 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); 7480 else 7481 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); 7482 7483 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7484 input_line_pointer++; 7485 } 7486 } 7487 7488 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information 7489 in the .subspace directive. */ 7490 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7491 flags = 0; 7492 if (loadable) 7493 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); 7494 if (code_only) 7495 flags |= SEC_CODE; 7496 7497 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized 7498 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they 7499 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like 7500 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations 7501 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common 7502 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in 7503 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported 7504 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ 7505 if (comdat || common || dup_common) 7506 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; 7507 7508 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 7509 7510 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ 7511 if (zero) 7512 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7513 7514 applicable &= flags; 7515 7516 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the 7517 segment already associated with the subspace. 7518 7519 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with 7520 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF 7521 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything 7522 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ 7523 if (create_new) 7524 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); 7525 else if (ssd) 7526 section = ssd->ssd_seg; 7527 else 7528 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); 7529 7530 if (zero) 7531 seg_info (section)->bss = 1; 7532 7533 /* Now set the flags. */ 7534 bfd_set_section_flags (section, applicable); 7535 7536 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ 7537 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); 7538 7539 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ 7540 bfd_set_section_vma (section, pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); 7541 7542 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, 7543 or create a new one. */ 7544 if (ssd) 7545 7546 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7547 code_only, comdat, common, 7548 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, 7549 space_index, alignment, quadrant, 7550 section); 7551 else 7552 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7553 code_only, comdat, common, 7554 dup_common, zero, sort, 7555 access_ctr, space_index, 7556 alignment, quadrant, section); 7557 7558 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7559 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; 7560 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); 7561 } 7562 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; 7563} 7564 7565/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ 7566 7567static void 7568pa_spaces_begin (void) 7569{ 7570 int i; 7571 7572 space_dict_root = NULL; 7573 space_dict_last = NULL; 7574 7575 i = 0; 7576 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) 7577 { 7578 const char *name; 7579 7580 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ 7581 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; 7582 7583 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); 7584 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, 7585 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, 7586 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, 7587 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); 7588 i++; 7589 } 7590 7591 i = 0; 7592 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7593 { 7594 const char *name; 7595 int applicable, subsegment; 7596 asection *segment = NULL; 7597 sd_chain_struct *space; 7598 7599 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right 7600 subsegment number. */ 7601 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; 7602 subsegment = 0; 7603 7604 /* Create the new section. */ 7605 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); 7606 7607 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss 7608 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for 7609 all the built-in subspaces. */ 7610 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) 7611 { 7612 text_section = segment; 7613 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7614 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7615 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7616 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE 7617 | SEC_READONLY 7618 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7619 } 7620 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) 7621 { 7622 data_section = segment; 7623 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7624 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7625 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7626 | SEC_RELOC 7627 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7628 7629 } 7630 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) 7631 { 7632 bss_section = segment; 7633 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7634 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7635 applicable & SEC_ALLOC); 7636 } 7637 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) 7638 { 7639 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7640 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7641 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7642 | SEC_RELOC 7643 | SEC_READONLY 7644 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7645 } 7646 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) 7647 { 7648 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7649 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7650 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7651 | SEC_RELOC 7652 | SEC_READONLY 7653 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7654 } 7655 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) 7656 { 7657 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7658 bfd_set_section_flags (segment, 7659 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7660 | SEC_RELOC 7661 | SEC_READONLY 7662 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7663 } 7664 7665 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ 7666 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. 7667 def_space_index].segment); 7668 if (space == NULL) 7669 { 7670 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), 7671 pa_def_subspaces[i].name); 7672 } 7673 7674 create_new_subspace (space, name, 7675 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, 7676 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, 7677 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, 7678 pa_def_subspaces[i].common, 7679 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, 7680 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, 7681 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, 7682 pa_def_subspaces[i].access, 7683 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, 7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, 7685 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, 7686 segment); 7687 i++; 7688 } 7689} 7690 7691/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7692 by the given parameters. */ 7693 7694static sd_chain_struct * 7695create_new_space (const char *name, 7696 int spnum, 7697 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7698 int defined, 7699 int private, 7700 int sort, 7701 asection *seg, 7702 int user_defined) 7703{ 7704 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7705 7706 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct); 7707 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7708 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; 7709 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; 7710 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; 7711 7712 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; 7713 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; 7714 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; 7715 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; 7716 7717 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ 7718 if (!space_dict_last) 7719 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7720 7721 if (space_dict_root == NULL) 7722 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7723 else 7724 { 7725 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7726 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7727 7728 chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7729 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7730 7731 while (chain_pointer) 7732 { 7733 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7734 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; 7735 } 7736 7737 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new 7738 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ 7739 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7740 { 7741 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7742 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; 7743 } 7744 else 7745 { 7746 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7747 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7748 } 7749 7750 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) 7751 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7752 } 7753 7754 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get 7755 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at 7756 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where 7757 the user modifies a predefined space. */ 7758#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7759 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7760#endif 7761 7762 return chain_entry; 7763} 7764 7765/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7766 by the given parameters. 7767 7768 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical 7769 order as defined by the SORT entries. */ 7770 7771static ssd_chain_struct * 7772create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7773 const char *name, 7774 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7775 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7776 int comdat, 7777 int common, 7778 int dup_common, 7779 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7780 int sort, 7781 int access_ctr, 7782 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7783 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7784 int quadrant, 7785 asection *seg) 7786{ 7787 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7788 7789 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct); 7790 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7791 7792 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive 7793 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ 7794 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; 7795 7796 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; 7797 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; 7798 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; 7799 7800 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ 7801 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) 7802 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7803 else 7804 { 7805 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7806 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7807 7808 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; 7809 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7810 7811 while (chain_pointer) 7812 { 7813 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7814 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; 7815 } 7816 7817 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update 7818 the links. */ 7819 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7820 { 7821 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7822 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; 7823 } 7824 else 7825 { 7826 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7827 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7828 } 7829 } 7830 7831#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7832 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7833 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7834#endif 7835 7836 return chain_entry; 7837} 7838 7839/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the 7840 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ 7841 7842static ssd_chain_struct * 7843update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7844 char *name, 7845 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7846 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7847 int comdat, 7848 int common, 7849 int dup_common, 7850 int sort, 7851 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7852 int access_ctr, 7853 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7854 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7855 int quadrant, 7856 asection *section) 7857{ 7858 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7859 7860 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); 7861 7862#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7863 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7864 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7865#endif 7866 7867 return chain_entry; 7868} 7869 7870/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or 7871 NULL if no such space exists. */ 7872 7873static sd_chain_struct * 7874is_defined_space (const char *name) 7875{ 7876 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7877 7878 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7879 chain_pointer; 7880 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) 7881 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) 7882 return chain_pointer; 7883 7884 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ 7885 return NULL; 7886} 7887 7888/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping 7889 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. 7890 7891 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, 7892 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ 7893 7894static sd_chain_struct * 7895pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) 7896{ 7897 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7898 7899 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ 7900 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7901 space_chain; 7902 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7903 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7904 return space_chain; 7905 7906 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ 7907 return NULL; 7908} 7909 7910/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name 7911 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. 7912 7913 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to 7914 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. 7915 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non 7916 COMDAT data. 7917 7918 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may 7919 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its 7920 own subspace. */ 7921 7922static ssd_chain_struct * 7923is_defined_subspace (const char *name) 7924{ 7925 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7926 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7927 7928 /* Walk through each space. */ 7929 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7930 space_chain; 7931 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7932 { 7933 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ 7934 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7935 subspace_chain; 7936 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7937 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) 7938 return subspace_chain; 7939 } 7940 7941 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ 7942 return NULL; 7943} 7944 7945/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no 7946 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. 7947 7948 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace 7949 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have 7950 to become more efficient. */ 7951 7952static ssd_chain_struct * 7953pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) 7954{ 7955 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7956 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7957 7958 /* Walk through each space. */ 7959 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7960 space_chain; 7961 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7962 { 7963 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7964 { 7965 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for 7966 the correct mapping. */ 7967 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7968 subspace_chain; 7969 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7970 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) 7971 return subspace_chain; 7972 } 7973 } 7974 7975 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ 7976 return NULL; 7977} 7978 7979/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. 7980 7981 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space 7982 that was found or NULL on failure. */ 7983 7984static sd_chain_struct * 7985pa_find_space_by_number (int number) 7986{ 7987 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7988 7989 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7990 space_chain; 7991 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7992 { 7993 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) 7994 return space_chain; 7995 } 7996 7997 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ 7998 return NULL; 7999} 8000 8001/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting 8002 address is unknown then return zero. */ 8003 8004static unsigned int 8005pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) 8006{ 8007 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this 8008 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ 8009 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) 8010 return 0x40000000; 8011 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) 8012 return 0x40000000; 8013 else 8014 return 0; 8015 return 0; 8016} 8017#endif 8018 8019/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of 8020 a string. */ 8021 8022static unsigned int 8023pa_stringer_aux (char *s) 8024{ 8025 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; 8026 8027 switch (c) 8028 { 8029 case '\"': 8030 c = NOT_A_CHAR; 8031 break; 8032 default: 8033 break; 8034 } 8035 return c; 8036} 8037 8038/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ 8039 8040static void 8041pa_stringer (int append_zero) 8042{ 8043 char *s, num_buf[4]; 8044 unsigned int c; 8045 int i; 8046 8047 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. 8048 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be 8049 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ 8050 8051#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8052 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8053 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8054#endif 8055 8056 /* Skip the opening quote. */ 8057 s = input_line_pointer + 1; 8058 8059 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) 8060 { 8061 if (c == '\\') 8062 { 8063 c = *s; 8064 switch (c) 8065 { 8066 /* Handle \x<num>. */ 8067 case 'x': 8068 { 8069 unsigned int number; 8070 int num_digit; 8071 char dg; 8072 char *s_start = s; 8073 8074 /* Get past the 'x'. */ 8075 s++; 8076 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; 8077 num_digit < 2 8078 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8079 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); 8080 num_digit++) 8081 { 8082 if (ISDIGIT (dg)) 8083 number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; 8084 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8085 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; 8086 else 8087 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; 8088 8089 s++; 8090 dg = *s; 8091 } 8092 if (num_digit > 0) 8093 { 8094 switch (num_digit) 8095 { 8096 case 1: 8097 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); 8098 break; 8099 case 2: 8100 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); 8101 break; 8102 } 8103 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) 8104 s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; 8105 } 8106 break; 8107 } 8108 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ 8109 default: 8110 s++; 8111 break; 8112 } 8113 } 8114 } 8115 stringer (8 + append_zero); 8116 pa_undefine_label (); 8117} 8118 8119/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ 8120 8121static void 8122pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8123{ 8124 obj_version (0); 8125 pa_undefine_label (); 8126} 8127 8128#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8129 8130/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ 8131 8132static void 8133pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8134{ 8135 obj_som_compiler (0); 8136 pa_undefine_label (); 8137} 8138 8139#endif 8140 8141/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ 8142 8143static void 8144pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8145{ 8146 obj_copyright (0); 8147 pa_undefine_label (); 8148} 8149 8150/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine 8151 the latest space label. */ 8152 8153static void 8154pa_cons (int nbytes) 8155{ 8156 cons (nbytes); 8157 pa_undefine_label (); 8158} 8159 8160/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ 8161 8162static void 8163pa_float_cons (int float_type) 8164{ 8165 float_cons (float_type); 8166 pa_undefine_label (); 8167} 8168 8169/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ 8170 8171static void 8172pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8173{ 8174#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8175 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8176 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8177#endif 8178 8179 s_fill (0); 8180 pa_undefine_label (); 8181} 8182 8183/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ 8184 8185static void 8186pa_lcomm (int needs_align) 8187{ 8188#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8189 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8190 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8191#endif 8192 8193 s_lcomm (needs_align); 8194 pa_undefine_label (); 8195} 8196 8197/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ 8198 8199static void 8200pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8201{ 8202#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8203 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8204 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8205#endif 8206 8207 s_lsym (0); 8208 pa_undefine_label (); 8209} 8210 8211/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should 8212 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ 8213 8214void 8215md_begin (void) 8216{ 8217 int lose = 0; 8218 unsigned int i = 0; 8219 8220 last_call_info = NULL; 8221 call_info_root = NULL; 8222 8223 /* Set the default machine type. */ 8224 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) 8225 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 8226 8227 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. 8228 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ 8229 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) 8230 { 8231 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); 8232 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; 8233 } 8234 8235#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8236 pa_spaces_begin (); 8237#endif 8238 8239 op_hash = str_htab_create (); 8240 8241 while (i < NUMOPCODES) 8242 { 8243 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; 8244 8245 if (str_hash_insert (op_hash, name, &pa_opcodes[i], 0) != NULL) 8246 as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name); 8247 8248 do 8249 { 8250 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) 8251 != pa_opcodes[i].match) 8252 { 8253 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), 8254 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); 8255 lose = 1; 8256 } 8257 ++i; 8258 } 8259 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); 8260 } 8261 8262 if (lose) 8263 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); 8264 8265#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8266 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put 8267 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ 8268 subseg_set (text_section, 0); 8269#endif 8270 8271#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8272 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); 8273 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); 8274 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ 8275 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; 8276#endif 8277} 8278 8279/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be 8280 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument 8281 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. 8282 8283 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing 8284 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates 8285 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of 8286 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry 8287 with the address of "foo"). 8288 8289 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend 8290 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of 8291 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. 8292 8293 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for 8294 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field 8295 selectors). 8296 8297 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such 8298 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ 8299 8300int 8301hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) 8302{ 8303#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8304 reloc_type code; 8305#endif 8306 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; 8307 8308 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8309 8310#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8311 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation 8312 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) 8313 even if they occur with a different selector. */ 8314 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, 8315 (int) fixp->fx_r_type, 8316 hppa_fix->fx_r_format, 8317 hppa_fix->fx_r_field); 8318 8319 switch (code) 8320 { 8321 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ 8322 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 8323 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 8324 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: 8325 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: 8326 8327 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ 8328 case R_PARISC_DIR14R: 8329 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: 8330 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: 8331 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 8332 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 8333 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: 8334 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: 8335 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: 8336 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: 8337 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: 8338 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: 8339 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: 8340 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: 8341 8342 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ 8343 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: 8344 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 8345 return 0; 8346 default: 8347 break; 8348 } 8349#endif 8350 8351 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when 8352 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. 8353 8354 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; 8355 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever 8356 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ 8357 if (fixp->fx_addsy 8358 && fixp->fx_subsy 8359 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) 8360 return 0; 8361 8362 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. 8363 8364 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will 8365 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at 8366 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice 8367 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for 8368 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the 8369 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and 8370 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer 8371 sum to the right value. 8372 8373 eg. Suppose we have 8374 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 8375 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 8376 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 8377 8378 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after 8379 reducing to the section symbol we get 8380 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 8381 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 8382 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 8383 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k 8384 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. 8385 8386 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we 8387 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds 8388 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP 8389 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case 8390 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ 8391 8392 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel 8393 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel 8394 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) 8395 return 0; 8396 8397 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, 8398 relocations with plabels. */ 8399 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel 8400 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel 8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel 8403 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 8404 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) 8405 return 0; 8406 8407 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ 8408 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8409 return 0; 8410 8411 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ 8412 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) 8413 return 0; 8414 8415 return 1; 8416} 8417 8418/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, 8419 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled 8420 within GAS. */ 8421 8422int 8423hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) 8424{ 8425 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 8426 8427 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8428#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8429 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY 8430 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT 8431 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 8432 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 8433 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY 8434 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY 8435 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL 8436 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) 8437 return 1; 8438#endif 8439#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8440 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT 8441 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) 8442 return 1; 8443#endif 8444 8445 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); 8446 8447 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic 8448 linking works. */ 8449 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) 8450 return 1; 8451 8452 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation 8453 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long 8454 call stub. */ 8455 if (fixp->fx_pcrel 8456 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), 8457 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) 8458 return 1; 8459 8460 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ 8461 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) 8462 { 8463 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); 8464 valueT distance, min_stub_distance; 8465 8466 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; 8467 8468 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most 8469 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ 8470 min_stub_distance = pc + 16; 8471#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8472 if (last_call_info != NULL) 8473 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); 8474#endif 8475 8476 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 8477 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) 8478 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 8479 && distance + 262144 >= 524288 8480 && min_stub_distance <= 262144) 8481 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 8482 && distance + 8192 >= 16384 8483 && min_stub_distance <= 8192) 8484 ) 8485 return 1; 8486 } 8487 8488 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8489 return 1; 8490 8491 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ 8492 return 0; 8493} 8494 8495/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ 8496#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8497/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size 8498 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the 8499 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the 8500 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ 8501 8502void 8503elf_hppa_final_processing (void) 8504{ 8505 struct call_info *call_info_pointer; 8506 8507 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; 8508 call_info_pointer; 8509 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) 8510 { 8511 elf_symbol_type *esym 8512 = ((elf_symbol_type *) 8513 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); 8514 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = 8515 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) 8516 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; 8517 } 8518} 8519 8520static void 8521pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8522{ 8523 struct fix *new_fix; 8524 8525 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_entry (); 8526 8527 if (new_fix) 8528 { 8529 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8530 8531 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8532 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8533 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8534 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8535 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8536 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8537 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; 8538 } 8539} 8540 8541static void 8542pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8543{ 8544 struct fix *new_fix; 8545 8546 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_inherit (); 8547 8548 if (new_fix) 8549 { 8550 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8551 8552 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8553 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8554 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8555 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8556 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8557 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8558 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; 8559 } 8560} 8561#endif 8562 8563/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these 8564 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file 8565 dependent tables? */ 8566const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = 8567{ 8568 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, 8569 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ 8570#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8571 {"align", pa_align, 8}, 8572#endif 8573#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8574 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, 8575#endif 8576 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, 8577 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, 8578 {"block", pa_block, 1}, 8579 {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, 8580 {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, 8581 {"call", pa_call, 0}, 8582 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, 8583#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) 8584 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, 8585#else 8586 {"code", pa_text, 0}, 8587 {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, 8588#endif 8589#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8590 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, 8591#endif 8592 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, 8593#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8594 {"data", pa_data, 0}, 8595#endif 8596 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, 8597 {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, 8598 {"end", pa_end, 0}, 8599 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, 8600#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8601 {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, 8602#endif 8603 {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, 8604 {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, 8605 {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, 8606 {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, 8607 {"export", pa_export, 0}, 8608 {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, 8609 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8610 {"half", pa_cons, 2}, 8611 {"import", pa_import, 0}, 8612 {"int", pa_cons, 4}, 8613 {"label", pa_label, 0}, 8614 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, 8615 {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, 8616 {"level", pa_level, 0}, 8617 {"long", pa_cons, 4}, 8618 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, 8619#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8620 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, 8621#endif 8622 {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, 8623 {"org", pa_origin, 0}, 8624 {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, 8625 {"param", pa_param, 0}, 8626 {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, 8627 {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, 8628 {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, 8629 {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, 8630 {"short", pa_cons, 2}, 8631 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8632#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8633 {"space", pa_space, 0}, 8634 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, 8635#endif 8636 {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, 8637 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, 8638#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8639 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, 8640#endif 8641#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8642 {"text", pa_text, 0}, 8643#endif 8644 {"version", pa_version, 0}, 8645#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8646 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, 8647 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, 8648#endif 8649 {"word", pa_cons, 4}, 8650 {NULL, 0, 0} 8651}; 8652 8653#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8654void 8655hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) 8656{ 8657 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); 8658} 8659 8660int 8661hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) 8662{ 8663 unsigned int regnum = -1; 8664 unsigned int i; 8665 const char *p; 8666 char *q; 8667 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = 8668 { 8669 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, 8670 }; 8671 8672 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) 8673 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) 8674 return regnames[i].dw2regnum; 8675 8676 if (regname[0] == 'r') 8677 { 8678 p = regname + 1; 8679 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8680 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) 8681 return -1; 8682 } 8683 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') 8684 { 8685 p = regname + 2; 8686 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8687#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 8688 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8689 return -1; 8690 regnum += 32 - 4; 8691#else 8692 if (p == q 8693 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) 8694 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8695 return -1; 8696 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; 8697 if (*q == 'R') 8698 regnum++; 8699#endif 8700 } 8701 return regnum; 8702} 8703#endif 8704